Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Clear Secure

Clear Secure

you · AIM Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker you
Exchange AIM
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Clear Secure
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Y

o

u

G

o

v

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

8

Activating data

Annual Report and Accounts 2018

 
 
 
 
 
YouGov is an international  
data and analytics group.  
Our core offering of opinion 
data is derived from our 
highly participative panel 
of 6 million people worldwide. 
We combine this continuous 
stream of data with our deep 
research expertise and 
broad industry experience 
into a systematic research 
and marketing platform.

YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Contents 

1 Strategic report

Chair’s statement 

Our strategy 

Our business model 

Our reach 

Our media presence  

Our products and services 

Chief Executive’s review  

Chief Financial Officer’s report 

Principal risks 

2 Governance report

Chair’s Introduction and Corporate 
Governance Statement

Board of Directors 

Corporate Governance Report 

Remuneration Report 

Directors’ Report 

Directors’ Responsibilities Statement 

Independent Auditors’ Report to 
the Members of YouGov plc on 
the Group Financial Statements

4

6

8

9

10

12

26 

29 

36

40 

42

44

50

55

58

59 

3 Financial statements

Consolidated Income Statement 

66

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income  67

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Principal Accounting Policies of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 

Independent Auditors’ Report to the 
Members of YouGov plc on the Parent Company 
Financial Statements

Parent Company Statement of Financial Position 

Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity 

Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows 

68

69

70

71 

82

108 

111

112

113

Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements  114

4 Additional information

Notice of Annual General Meeting 

Notes to the Notice of Annual General Meeting 

128

130

For more information visit: 
yougov.co.uk/about/investors

Financial & operational highlights 

•  Group revenue increased by 9% to £116.6m (12% on a constant 

currency basis)

•  Adjusted operating profit up by 35% to £19.7m, adjusted profit 
before tax up 42% to £23.3m and adjusted earnings per share  
up by 52% to 16.6p

•   Cash generated from operations (before paying interest and tax) 

increased by 25% to £23.6m (2017: £18.9m)

•   Strong cash conversion1 of 119% of adjusted operating profit 

(2017: 130%)

•   Net cash balance of £30.6m (2017: £23.2m) 

•   Recommended dividend increased by 50% to 3.0p per share 

•   Data Products and Services revenue up by 25% to £59.4m (28% 

on a constant currency basis); now represents 50% of Group total 
(2017: 44%) 

 – Data Products revenue increased by 26% (30% at constant 

currency) to £30.4m

 – Data Services revenue increased by 24% (26% at constant 

currency) to £29.0m

•  Data Products and Services adjusted operating profit increased 

by 54% 

•  Custom Research revenue down by 3% (static at constant 

currency) to £58.7m as expected due to strategic focus on higher 
margin work; resulting in adjusted operating profit of £14.1m, an 
increase of 59%

•   US remains largest profit generator with adjusted operating profit 

increasing by 78% to £16.6m

Summary of financial results

Turnover 

£116.6m

2017: £107.0m

Adjusted earnings per share1

16.6p

2017: 10.9p

Adjusted operating profit1 

Statutory profit before tax 

£19.7m

2017: £14.5m

£11.8m

2017: £7.9m

Operating cash generation 

Statutory operating profit 

£23.6m

2017: £18.9m

£11.8m

2017: £7.6m

Adjusted profit before tax1 

Statutory earnings per share 

£23.3m

2017: £16.4m

7.7p

2017: 4.4p

1  Defined in the explanation of alternative performance measures on page 35.

1

 
 
 
1

2  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Strategic 
report

Chair’s statement 
Our strategy 
Our business model  
Our reach 
Our media presence 
Our products and services  
Chief Executive’s review 
Chief Financial Officer’s report 
Principal risks 

4
6
8
9
10
12
26 
29 
36

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

3

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
Chair’s statement
for the year ended 31 July 2018

It has been another year of strong organic growth 
in revenue well above the average across our 
industry market rate1, with an improvement in 
margins and a resulting increase in profitability.

YouGov has one of the world’s top international market research 
and data analytics networks. We now operate from 35 offices 
in 22 countries. This enables us to serve clients in more than 50 
national markets. We operate a global panel of over 6 million 
engaged panellists who share their data with us in ways that 
are fully compliant with data protection and data privacy laws, 
including the new European Union General Data Protection 
Regulation (“GDPR”) which came into force during the year 
bringing with it a higher standard for compliance.

Results and dividend
Group revenues of £116.6m were 9% up on the previous 
financial year in reported terms and 12% up in constant currency. 
Adjusted operating profit2 was up by 35% to £19.7m. This reflects 
improved margins which resulted both from operating 
efficiencies and a planned change of business mix in line with our 
strategy to focus on subscription data products.

We ended the financial year in July with a net cash balance of 
£30.6m. The Board is pleased with operating performance, which 
is at the top end of the current five-year plan with a year to go, 
and remains confident of future growth potential. Accordingly, we 
are pleased to recommend a dividend increase of 50%  
to 3.0 pence per share payable on 17 December 2018.

Strategy and the next five-year plan
The YouGov Board adopts a long-term planning process to allow 
us to address changing market needs and to invest to have the 
right skills, technology and resources to support our ambitions for 
the business.

Our first five-year plan, which started on 1 August 2014 and will 
end on 31 July 2019, gave priority to shifting the balance of the 
business from one-off custom research to syndicated data 
products provided on a subscription basis. This required us to 
move further away from the traditional market research model 
– a consulting model – to a real-time data analytics model. 
We believe this syndicated-data subscription approach provides 
us with a higher quality of earnings and is a better fit for the needs 
of clients who increasingly demand rapid analysis of real-time 
data on an international basis.

The Board is currently finalising our second five-year plan, which 
will run for the period from 1 August 2018 to 31 July 2023. The two 
plans will overlap for one year to avoid a “cliff-edge” of incentives 
and thus avoid short-termist behaviour. We intend to share the 
details of the new five-year plan with the Company’s major 
shareholders, and to seek their feedback on a new long-term 
incentive plan tied to it, in the spring of 2019.

1  According to the ESOMAR Global Market Research Report published in September 2018, 
the global research market grew by 3.3% in 2017 (or by 1.0% after inflationary effects are 
factored in).

2 Defined in the explanation of alternative performance measures on page 35.

4  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Turnover £m

£116.6m

+ 9%

67.4

76.1

88.2

107.0

116.6

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Adjusted operating profit1 £m

£19.7m

+ 35%

7.4

8.6

10.9

14.5

19.7

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Operating cash generation £m

£23.6m

+ 25%

9.0

10.4

14.1

18.9

23.6

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Adjusted earnings per share2 pence

16.6p

+ 52%

6.1

7.0

8.8

10.9

16.6

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Adjusted profit before tax2 £m

£23.3m

+ 42%

7.7

9.1

13.3

16.4

23.3

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Statutory operating profit £m

£11.8m

+ 56%

1.0

2.9

4.3

7.6

11.8

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

The success of our 
initial five-year plan 
can be seen in the 
outcome of this the 
fourth year we have 
reported.”

Board composition and governance 
framework 
The past year has seen changes as we have strengthened 
our Board.

In December 2017, we appointed two new Executive Directors. 
Alex McIntosh, previously the Group’s Chief Strategy Officer, was 
promoted to the role of Chief Financial Officer and took over from 
Alan Newman who retired in December 2017. Sundip Chahal, 
the Group’s Chief Operating Officer since 2014, joined the Board 
reflecting the increased scope of his role. Doug Rivers, Chief 
Scientist, stepped down from the Board but continues in his full-
time senior executive role with an expanded remit for managing 
the Group’s global technology development teams. 

Additionally in December 2017, Andrea Newman joined us as 
a Non-Executive Director. As the Global Head of Marketing – 
Wealth and Brand Communications at HSBC Holdings plc she 
brings great experience and insight into the needs of international 
marketing clients.

After the start of the new financial year, in September 2018, 
Ashley Martin joined us as a Non-Executive Director. With effect 
from 1 November 2018, Ashley will chair the YouGov Board’s 
Audit & Risk Committee, taking over from Nick Jones who will be 
remaining on the Committee and continuing in his role as Senior 
Independent Director.

To support our newly composed Board, during the year we 
added additional resource to the Corporate Secretariat and 
reviewed and updated our board evaluation and succession 
planning procedures. We have been following the Quoted 
Companies Alliance Corporate Governance Code since 2014. 
We were pleased to adopt the revised code during the year (the 
“QCA Code 2018”) and are confident in our application of its ten 
principles in our governance framework. In line with the revised 
code, it is intended that from the 2019 AGM onwards all Directors 
will retire and be subject to re-election by the Shareholders at 
each AGM.

With six independent Non-Executive Directors of varied 
professional backgrounds, and three experienced Executive 
Directors, we feel the YouGov Board exhibits a good balance of 
skills and knowledge combined with the necessary challenge 
and external perspective to support the increased scale and 
ambition of our business.

Roger Parry
Chair

9 October 2018

5

 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
STRATEGIC REPORT
Our strategy

In the early 2000s, then a fledgling UK-based 
market research firm, YouGov pioneered the use 
of the internet to undertake surveys and collect 
the results. The YouGov model was founded on 
our belief that, done properly, internet-based 
research is more accurate than traditional 
market research methods, while being faster, 
more flexible and richer in data. Our traditional 
competitors have, mostly, recognised this and 
also moved to internet-based research.

Our business model has evolved in keeping with the growth of 
internet usage, the advancement of big data analytics, and the 
changing needs of our clients. In 2014, we adopted an ambitious 
five-year plan for transitioning YouGov from a market research 
business to a research data and analytics business. Key to 
the transition plan have been the objectives of significantly 
growing our Data Products and Services divisions, and better 
aligning our Custom Research division with Data Products and 
Services. In order to achieve these objectives we have invested 
in developing not only our suite of products and services (see 
pages 12 to 21), but also the technical infrastructure which 
underpins it (see pages 22 and 23), as well as continuing to 
innovate (see pages 24 and 25).

We are successfully implementing our clearly defined strategy 
of developing smarter alternatives to traditional market research 
– based on connected data, new analytical tools and innovative 
applications – and bringing it all together into a single system 
for applied research. As we move towards announcing our next 
five-year plan, we are confident we have a clearly superior 
product that is becoming ever more relevant to the market as we 
continue to scale and innovate.

Marketers are in a constant arms race with each other for 
greater efficiency in reaching their target groups and greater 
effectiveness in converting them to buying. The key elements 
of this arms race are the richness, relevance and accuracy of 
marketing data, and the tools to activate data. Fall behind in 
this race and you are taking a big risk as markets often change 
quickly, decisively, and unexpectedly.

YouGov has continued to build a market leading position in each 
of these elements. We have the best data and the best tools in 
the market.

•  The richness of our data – held in the Cube, our unique data 

library – provides our clients with exceptionally granular insights 
on their target audiences. The Cube holds more than 200,000 
variables of data that are continuously being updated.

•  The relevance of our data – collected from a proprietary panel of 
over 6 million engaged members worldwide – means that it can 
effectively be put to use in live marketing campaigns. The panel 
provides single-source data collected across multiple devices, 
media and environments to give the best insights.

•  The accuracy of our data means that it is reliable, even at the 
most granular level. This can often only be achieved using 
advanced data analytics such as MRP (Multilevel Regression 
with Post-stratification), an advanced statistical methodology 
which YouGov pioneered and demonstrated to great success 
in the 2017 UK General Election. We are now applying MRP to 
other kinds of data, giving us a further competitive edge.

In addition to focussing on the quality of our data, we have 
continued to make targeted investments in research and 
development to develop innovative tools. For example, Crunch 
allows users to process large data sets and conduct complex 
analysis with drag-and-drop ease at browsable speeds. It is 
becoming increasingly embedded in the workflows of our 
leading clients. Another example is Collaborate, our new self-
service tool, which allows users to produce survey questionnaires 
quickly and efficiently and enhances the commissioning 
of research.

6  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

From A/B Testing to Artificial Intelligence, the technology of 
decision-making is becoming ever more important to marketing 
professionals. In response to this trend, YouGov is creating data 
products that are less like conventional market research studies 
and more like direct data applications – sophisticated tools 
allowing rich, relevant and accurate data to be usable in  
real-time.

We are shortly launching YouGov Ratings, our new popularity and 
awareness metric for thousands of entities including celebrities, 
politicians, sports teams, music acts and brands – available for 
free on our website. Ratings has been designed as a showcase 
for the quality and breadth of our data, to put YouGov at the heart 
of everyday conversations.

YouGov has increasingly been supporting brands and media 
agency clients with improved ad targeting. We have done this 
through a new proposition, YouGov Audience Data, which fuses 
YouGov Profiles with trusted partners that on-board our data 
into the digital ecosystem. YouGov is further evolving the model 
through the development of our new blockchain-based platform, 
YouGov Direct. A prototype of the YouGov Direct platform will be 
operational with a test panel and small group of pioneer clients 
within this calendar year.

To create high-quality, in-depth, connected data – especially 
since the introduction of the GDPR – one needs panellists 
who are highly engaged and have granted (and frequently 
updated) permissions for the use of their personal data by 
third parties. In response to this, YouGov is innovating with 
blockchain technology to deliver a way to permit and verify 
the data exchange between our panellists and advertisers. 
Through the design of a platform intended to make data users 
(companies) accountable to individual data suppliers (panellists), 
we are creating new opportunities for research, activation and 
direct marketing.

In addition to these innovations, we have continued to focus 
on improving the connectedness and interoperability of our 
products and services aligning them in a single connected 
system to support all stages of the marketing workflow. As our 
system develops, so does the opportunity within our markets. 
We envisage further growth opportunities for YouGov as we 
begin to play an upstream role in the marketing ecosystem, 
details of which will be provided when we announce our new 
five-year strategic plan in Spring 2019.

Stephan Shakespeare
Chief Executive Officer

9 October 2018

YouGov ranked 
in the top ten fastest 
growing businesses 
in the MRS Research 
Live Industry 
Report 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

7

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
Our business model

YouGov is an international research data and analytics group. 
Our value chain is a virtuous circle consisting of a highly 
engaged online panel, innovative data collection methods, 
powerful analytics technologies and sophisticated research 
methodologies, delivery of high-margin syndicated data 
products and services, expert insights and an authoritative 
media presence. 

 Our reach – page 9

 Our media presence – pages 10 and 11

 Our products and services – pages 12 to 21

 Our data infrastructure – pages 22 and 23

 Our data innovations – pages 24 and 25

Our core offering of opinion data is derived from our highly 
participative panel of over 6 million people worldwide who 
provide us with live, continuous streams of data. We capture 
these streams of data via our variety of data collection platforms 
and collect them together in the YouGov Cube, our unique 
connected data library. 

We maximise the value of all this connected data through 
the application of leading-edge analytics and research 
methodologies, allowing us to offer to our clients an innovative 
and systematic research products and services which together 
provide a platform which can be used to plan, manage and refine 
all types of marketing campaigns.

Rich interaction 
with our panel

Authoritative 
media presence

Partnerships  
with clients

Variety of data  
collection 
platforms

Leading-edge  
analytics 
technology

Integrated suite of 
data products  
and services

Expert 
researchers

8  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Our reach

YouGov has one of the world’s top 
international market research and data 
analytics networks.

We have over 6 million panellists covering 
42 countries.

We have offices in 34 cities across Europe, 
USA, the Middle East and Asia Pacific.

over

6mpanellists

Panellists in

42countries

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

18

17 16

24

19

23

21

20
22

11

4

8

9

5

6

2

3 1

13

7

10

12

14

15

26

25

27

29

28

32

33
30

31

Cities in which we have offices 

1.  London
2.  Manchester
3.  Guildford
4.  Cologne
5.  Berlin
6.  Frankfurt 
7.  Barcelona
8.  Milan
9.  Copenhagen

10. Helsinki
11.  Oslo
12.  Stockholm
13. Paris
14. Warsaw
15. Bucharest
16. Redwood City, CA.
17.  San Francisco, CA.
18. Portland, OR.

19. Cheshire, CT.
20. New York, N.Y.
21. Herndon, VA.
22. Washington D.C.
23. Chicago, IL.
24. Boston, MA.
25. Dubai
26. Erbil
27. Mumbai

34

28. Hong Kong
29. Shanghai
30. Singapore
31. Jakarta
32. Bangkok
33. Kuala Lumpur
34. Sydney

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

9

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
Our media presence

How your motivations in life change as 
you get older, according to new study

It’s only natural that what motivates you in life should change as 
you age, but a new YouGov study shines a light on just how that 
manifests itself. The research confirms that younger people are 
more likely to feel motivated by goals, money and enthusiasm 
from others, whereas older generations are more inspired by 
their partners, family and nature. 

The Independent, 
5 July 2018

Indonesians have no stomach for 
artificial meat, study shows

Indonesian consumers have not recognized the benefits of 
artificial meat, data from UK-based research firm YouGov 
indicates. YouGov gathered data from 1,002 respondents in 
Indonesia between Dec. 5 and 12 last year via its YouGov 
Omnibus research service.

The Jakarta Post, 
13 March 2018

Brexit YouGov Opinion Poll Shows 
Increasing Numbers Regret Decision 
To Leave EU

An increasing number of people regret Britain’s decision to 
leave the EU, an opinion poll has found. More respondents to 
the latest YouGov survey on Brexit said the UK’s decision to 
leave was wrong than at any point since the June 2016 
referendum. Some 47 percent of the 1,680 adults surveyed (pdf) 
said it was wrong to leave the EU in hindsight, compared with 42 
percent who said it was right to leave. 

The Huffington Post, 
14 October 2017

10  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Music Piracy is Down in the UK, 
According to YouGov

The past few years has seen an explosion in different ways to 
access media content easily and legally. Now the latest YouGov 
study has found fewer British people are pirating their music 
compared to five years ago.

Gizmodo, 
2 August 2018

Two-thirds of children don’t know 
what a floppy disk is, survey reveals

It’s the universal icon for ‘Save’, but it seems that many 
youngsters have no idea what a floppy disk actually is. A new 
YouGov survey of 2,011 children aged 6-18 examined how 
familiar kids are with technology from previous generations. 
Results revealed that two-thirds of the children either didn’t 
know what a floppy disk was, or incorrectly identified it.

The Mirror, 
12 May 2018

Liverpool fans are noisiest in Premier 
League, says fan poll

Liverpool fans have been voted as the Premier League’s 
noisiest – with Manchester United supporters even conceding 
the Anfield club have their favourite rival song. The findings were 
made in a poll of over 4,000 followers of top-flight teams, 
former players and managers conducted by Barclays and 
YouGov. 

SkySports, 
13 April 2018

Majority of Leave voters think Britain 
should quit Eurovision

Forget about leaving Europe – what about the far more serious 
matter of whether Britain should leave Eurovision? That’s the big 
question YouGov has been asking and, much like the issue of 
whether or not we should quit the EU, it’s divided opinion. 
Perhaps not too surprisingly, the majority of Leave voters think 
the song contest is another European institution we can do 
without.

Yahoo News, 
11 May 2018

Bill Gates and Angelina Jolie top a 
global survey of the most admired 
people

Microsoft co-founder Bill Gates has been named the world’s 
most admired man and Academy Award-winning actress 
Angelina Jolie the most admired woman in a YouGov survey. 
Philanthropist Gates and humanitarian Jolie have topped the poll 
in each of the annual surveys, since the study introduced 
separate rankings for the sexes in 2015. For its latest survey, the 
market researcher interviewed over 37,000 people from 35 
countries, with the final figures calculated by the percentage 
share of admiration each person received overall.

CNBC, 
12 April 2018

Chi sono le 20 donne più ammirate al 
mondo: al primo posto Angelina Jolie, 
poi Michelle Obama e Oprah Winfrey

YouGov ha stilato la classifica delle personalità più considerate in 
35 Paesi nel 2018. Tra le new entry, Theresa May, artiste asiatiche 
e attrici indiane.

Corriere, 
12 April 2018

The Spice Girls: The UK’s favourite 
band member REVEALED in NEW poll

One of the biggest girl bands of all time might be making a 
comeback later this year. But of Victoria Beckham, Mel B, Mel C, 
Geri Horner and Emma Bunton, who is the UK’s favourite 
member of The Spice Girls? Now in a new YouGov poll the 
nation’s favourite has been revealed as Baby Spice herself. Of 
31,000 Brits polled, Bunton took up 37% of the vote followed by 
Sporty (Mel C) at 23%, Ginger (Geri) at 19%, Posh (Victoria) at 12% 
and Scary (Mel B) at 9%.

The Express, 
9 April 2018

IHOP’s name change stunt was a flop

It’s been more than a week since IHOP teased the public about 
its name change to IHOb – and while lots of people are talking 
about the pancake joint, the publicity stunt has not resulted in 
more diners in its 1,750 eateries, according to research. Interest 
in dining at IHOP has remained relatively unchanged, according 
to YouGov BrandIndex, which is releasing a survey on 
Wednesday about the campaign.

New York Post, 
19 June 2018

Young India not so hopeful about job 
prospects

India’s urban youth remains overwhelmingly pessimistic about 
job prospects, shows a recent survey conducted by market 
research firm YouGov in collaboration with Mint. 

Mint,
3 September 2018

1st

YouGov is the  
most quoted market 
research source 
in the UK

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

11

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
Our products and services

Our suite of products and services 

Using the YouGov system, our clients can:

YouGov’s suite of products and services consists of 
three divisions:

•  	Identify consumer segments that represent opportunities  

for growth;

•  Data Products (includes our BrandIndex and Profiles products) 

•  	Profile those segments to help create content and messaging 

•  Data Services (includes our fast-turnaround Omnibus service) 

that	will	resonate;

•  Custom Research (quantitative and qualitative research services) 

Through the continued development of innovative data solutions 
and expansion of our data infrastructure, we are improving 
the interoperability and connectedness of all of our products 
and services. 

Together, our proprietary decision-making product tools, services 
and resources provide a system which supports key players in the 
advertising and marketing eco-system – including brand owners, 
media agencies, advertising agencies, public relations firms and 
media owners – to manage their entire marketing workflow. 

•  	Target those segments based on our media profiling data and 

reach	them	using	our	digital	advertising	partnerships;

•  	Track the performance of a campaign once it has launched and 

see	its	impact	on	key	brand	metrics;

•  	Measure the impact of a campaign and understand how it 

resonates	with	the	target	audience;	and

•  	Evaluate why consumers are responding as they are and apply 

campaign learnings to future tactical marketing decisions.

t e

a

E v a l u

Identify

e
r
u
s
a
e
M

YouGov’s 
complementary suite 
of data products and 
services can support 
clients with all stages 
of the marketing 
workflow

e
l
f 
o
r
P

Tra

ck

e t

g

r

T a

  Data Products – pages 14 to 17

  Data Services – pages 18 and 19

  Custom Research – pages 20 and 21

  Data Infrastructure – page 22 and 23

  Data Innovations – page 24 and 25

12 YouGov	Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2018

Case	study:

Using YouGov’s suite of Data Products and 
Services to identify a competitive edge

With many iconic brands in jeopardy in an increasingly 
competitive US retail market, staying relevant to consumers has 
never been more important to retailers. A major US clothing and 
accessories retail brand asked YouGov to determine the 
attributes that were most associated with the brand and indicative 
of its relevance and success in the marketplace. The retailer 
hoped to identify what consumer perceptions have led to its 
sustained growth, and to use these insights to continue to 
outperform its competitors. 

A fast-turnaround YouGov Omnibus survey was undertaken to 
determine which attributes people most associated with the 
retailer’s brand. A qualifier was added to the survey to ensure that 
only customers of the retailer were interviewed. The respondents 
were asked to select which attributes they associated with the 
retail brand such as “Cool”, “Fun”, “Boring”, “Inspiring” and “Changing 
for the better”. The results were loaded into YouGov’s consumer 
segmentation tool, YouGov Profiles, for more granular examination. 
By connecting the collected attributes to other key variables in 
YouGov Profiles, the retailer was able to create segmentations of 
potential target consumer groups. These segmentations could 
then be used to assess where the group should focus its 
marketing budget to achieve maximum return on investment.

The combined data showed that respondents who said the 
clothing brand was “Cool” were extremely likely to be in the market 
to purchase clothes in the next 90 days, and significantly over-
indexed in their intent to purchase merchandise from the retailer. 
This suggested that the group who rated the retailer as “Cool” 
would be a critical target audience for future campaigns. Using this 
same process, it was determined that “Cool” was also the top 
ranking attribute for two of the retailer’s closest competitors.

The retailer then took a deeper look at their newly established 
key target group – those who think their company is “Cool”. 
Using the variety of demographic, psychographic, attitudinal, 
lifestyle, and media consumption data available around this 
audience through Profiles, the retailer was able to determine 
the best channels by which to reach this target group 
and re-enforce their status as “Cool”. The retailer used this 
wealth of data to identify key retail therapy moments and 
evaluate the best messaging to accompany these moments. 
The retailer could then track results on key brand metrics 
(e.g. Purchase Consideration, Willingness to Recommend)  
to measure the impact of its marketing efforts. 

By determining a key target group based on a perceived 
company attribute and analysing the profile of this critical group, 
the retailer was able to create a new, effectively targeted, end-to-
end marketing plan to help maintain their status as a key player in 
the competitive retail market. 

Getting to know the audience segment 
that thinks the retailer is “Cool”* 

35-44 years old

Lives in the Northeast

Female

Lives in a City

“I tend to avoid super stores 
like Walmart or Target.”

“I like to think of myself as 
well-dressed.”

“I keep up to date with 
current fashion trends.”

18.1m

Members of the target 

$165

Spent on clothing for self  

group in the market

in the last three months

63% 

Don’t buy any 

clothing online

1

Time per month average 

frequency of purchasing 

clothes from a store

*YouGov Profiles Data

i
i

S
S
t
t
r
r
a
a
t
t
e
e
g
g
c
c
r
r
e
e
p
p
o
o
r
r
t
t

G
G
o
o
v
v
e
e
r
r
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
e
e

i
i

F
F
n
n
a
a
n
n
c
c
a
a

i
i

l
l
s
s
t
t
a
a
t
t
e
e
m
m
e
e
n
n
t
t
s
s

A
A
d
d
d
d
i
i
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n
a
a

l
l

i
i

n
n
f
f
o
o
r
r
m
m
a
a
t
t
i
i
o
o
n
n

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
Our products and services

Data Products

The Data Products division 
is comprised of our syndicated 
data tools, which are available to 
clients on a subscription basis. 

14 YouGov	Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Our solution to help marketers plan and execute 
their campaign strategy and track its success

Increasing the interoperability between YouGov BrandIndex and 
YouGov Profiles has allowed us to develop the YouGov Plan & 
Track solution, which combines the benefits of both products. 
Plan & Track offers audience analysis, media targeting, campaign 
effectiveness and brand health monitoring, all under the 
one proposition.

Using Plan & Track, our clients can understand and target key 
consumer segments, create content that will resonate with that 
audience, effectively target that audience in the media, track 
the effectiveness of advertising, marketing and public relations 
strategies and campaigns, and measure how advertising and 
marketing investments are impacting consumer perception of 
their brand. The breath of the solution facilitates collaboration 
among brands, media owners and agencies to help bring 
transparency and clarity to what can be a challenging marketing 
and media landscape. 

With YouGov Profiles, Plan & Track taps into the YouGov Cube – 
our data vault of over 200,000 variables on consumers including 
brand usage and perception, interests, media consumption and 
social media activity – to provide a detailed portrait of consumer 
segments. With YouGov BrandIndex, Plan & Track subscribers 
get access to continuous monitoring of brand fundamentals 
including brand awareness, advertising awareness, word of 
mouth, brand health, consideration, purchase intent, and 
customer satisfaction. Whether planning a campaign, mitigating 
an issue, or developing new products, the data available through 
under Plan & Track provides a leading edge. 

Plan

Track

Planning a campaign requires setting a goal, selecting the 
appropriate audience, and determining the best way to target 
that audience. YouGov’s solution assists with understanding 
how a brand is perceived across a wide range of variables and 
consumer segments, which can be instrumental in setting 
relevant goals while helping to reinforce brand strengths and 
address brand weaknesses. Our ground breaking connected data 
set for audience profiling and segmentation, YouGov Profiles, 
enables clients to find and engage the best audience to help 
them reach their goal. Clients are able to identify and analyse 
their target audiences across multi-channel data sets from a 
single source.

Determining a campaign’s value requires 
understanding what worked and what 
did not, helping to produce an even 
stronger campaign next time. YouGov’s 
flagship brand intelligence service, YouGov 
BrandIndex, informs clients what the world 
thinks of their brands and competitors 
at any given moment, allowing them to 
track changes in perception during and 
following a campaign, as well as alerting 
them of any unexpected changes that 
could reflect brand crises.

Identify

Describe

Target

Measure

Evaluate

Identify who 
the right 
audience is

Describe 
them with depth 
and breadth

Understand 
when and where 
to meet them

Track key  
measures 
over time

Evaluate 
campaign 
success

15

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
Our products and services

Our daily brand 
perception tracker

Our new data product for 
the sports sector

During the year we expanded our sports sector expertise with 
the acquisition of SMG Insight, the global sports research agency. 
The acquisition has provided YouGov with the opportunity to 
extend our syndicated data products for the sports industry by 
applying SMG Insights’ specialist sector expertise to YouGov’s 
existing data products infrastructure. YouGov’s sports research 
capability now includes YouGov SportIndex, the ultimate “always 
on” measure of quality, performance and market potential for 
the most relevant sports leagues and events around the world. 
SportsIndex uses 16 BrandIndex-style metrics to track public 
perception of more than 200 sport-related properties covering 
30 sports on a daily basis. This sports data now feeds into our 
Profiles and Plan & Track solutions as well. 

BrandIndex, YouGov’s flagship brand intelligence service, tells our 
clients what the world thinks of their brands and their competitors 
at any given moment and helps our clients to understand the link 
between their media and advertising efforts, brand perception, 
and consumer response. BrandIndex data is updated daily (or 
bi-weekly or weekly in some developing markets) and includes 
up to 11 years of historical data which is all available 24/7 to our 
clients through our user-friendly BrandIndex portal. 

BrandIndex serves major accounts among both advertising and 
media planning agencies on the one hand, and brand owners 
and advertisers on the other. It is offered to the market as a 
subscription service with clients accessing the data through a 
dedicated online portal. 

During the year, BrandIndex was rolled out in five new markets 
(Argentina, Belgium, Chile, Colombia and Peru) and is now 
available in 37 markets including Australia, Brazil, China, 
Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Indonesia, Ireland, Italy, 
Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, Netherlands, Norway, Philippines, Saudi 
Arabia, Singapore, Spain, Sweden, Taiwan, Thailand, United 
Arab Emirates, UK, USA and Vietnam. Every day we survey over 
10,000 consumers across these territories – conducting more 
than 5 million BrandIndex interviews every year against YouGov’s 
proprietary panel. 

Over 13,500 brands indexed 

Over 10,000 consumers surveyed daily

Available across 37 markets

YouGov BrandIndex BestBrand

YouGov BrandIndex BestBrand rankings are released twice 
a year. In July, we release an Index-based ranking and in 
January we release a Buzz-based ranking. Additionally, we 
now release category rankings regularly throughout the year. 
Categories have included rankings in particular sectors and 
key demographic groups (e.g. women, LGBT consumers). 
BestBrand overall and category winners are acknowledged 
with a personalised letter from YouGov and provided with 
a marketing pack which they can use in their advertising. 
This approach has worked well with many brands citing 
placement on BestBrand in their marketing collateral. 

16 YouGov	Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Our media planning  
and audience 
segmentation tool

Our add-on solutions for 
data products subscribers

The newly enhanced linkage of BrandIndex and Profiles has 
enabled us to offer clients new ways to get more value out of 
their data product subscriptions. We have packaged a number 
of the use cases that go “beyond the login” of our data products 
to create the YouGov Data Applications series. Some Data 
Applications are available as self-serve modules that can be 
accessed inclusive of the subscription price, while others are 
sold in addition to subscriptions. With YouGov Data Applications, 
we are showcasing the strategic application of our syndicated 
data products and connected data solutions for solving our 
clients’ most important business challenges. Our current Data 
Applications series:

•  YouGov Audience Data Reach target audience by creating 

seed audiences from which to scale the programmatic buy with 
industry Data Management Platforms (DMPs) and Data Houses. 

•  YouGov Digital Tracking Validate audiences reached by 

campaigns, and evaluate the effectiveness of digital advertising, 
by tracking who has been exposed to a campaign.

•  YouGov Dynamic Segmentation Segment audiences and plan 
campaigns effectively with a constantly refreshed portrait of 
target demographics.

YouGov Profiles is our groundbreaking tool for audience profiling, 
segmentation and media planning. The product allows users 
to profile their target audience across multi-channel datasets 
from a single source, with greater granularity and accuracy than 
ever before. 

Profiles offers the largest, most detailed and real-time consumer 
database updated weekly. Leveraging the YouGov Cube, Profiles 
connects data on demographics and lifestyle, brand, sector, and 
media, digital and social data all in one place, combining that with 
attitudes, interests, views and likes. The tool holds over 200,000 
separate data variables collected from YouGov panellists in a 
given country. Launched in 2014, Profiles is now available in 
19 markets and is shortly to be launched in two further markets 
(Italy and Spain). 

Profiles improves the ability of marketers to understand the 
people and audiences that matter to them, while enabling 
media owners to identify potential advertisers and make more 
informed content and scheduling decisions so as to deliver the 
target audience that advertisers require. In this respect, Profiles 
can support programmatic advertising processes and this use is 
proving increasingly popular with digital media agency clients.

Profiles is offered to the market as a subscription service with 
clients accessing the data through a dedicated online portal. 
The Profiles portal gives users access to a wide range of detailed 
and connected data and provides analytics methods with which 
to interrogate and interpret the data. Migration of the portal onto 
the Crunch platform was completed during the year, eliminating 
our dependence on a third-party to host the platform.

17

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
Our products and services

Data Services

The Data Services division 
provides clients with 
fast-turnaround services.

18 YouGov	Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2018

Our fast-turnaround 
service, delivering 
next-day answers

Our deep dive service for 
data products subscribers 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Our new Re-Contact service works in conjunction with our 
subscription data products. The service provides subscribers 
with the opportunity undertake one or multiple fast-turnaround 
Omnibus surveys to augment their syndicated data. Through  
Re-Contact surveys, clients can obtain additional data tailored 
to their needs from segments of the panel with specific profile 
characteristics, selected using Profiles.

.

YouGov’s very first service, YouGov Omnibus, is the clear market-
leading online omnibus service in the UK and a high performer in 
our other territories.

Omnibus is the perfect vehicle to find out people’s opinions, 
attitudes and behaviours – quickly and cost-effectively. 
Our Omnibus surveys are run daily in most territories, providing 
nationally representative responses to clients within a short 
timeframe (most countries utilise a 48-hour turnaround, with 
24-hour turnaround available in the UK and US). The service 
can provide clients with data from over 50 countries and client 
demand for multi-country Omnibus surveys continues to 
increase. We now conduct over 5 million Omnibus surveys every 
year across our global operations.

The size and diversity of the YouGov panel has also enabled 
us to extend our Omnibus services to include a number of 
selected target samples. Omnibus segmental services include 
International, Children and Parents, B2B, Independent Financial 
Advisors, Cities and LGBT. We also run regular Omnibus surveys 
covering influential audiences in the UK, including Members 
of Parliament. 

This is the first time I’ve used 
YouGov Omnibus and I was 
impressed overall. Despite very 
tight deadlines, we got the 
results within days and exactly 
the format required.”

RBS

Very slick service handled 
well through a competent 
account manager. 
Great turnaround solutions 
and clear pricing which 
sets you apart from 
the competition.”

Zing Insights

19

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
Our products and services

Custom Research

The Custom Research division 
offers quantitative and qualitative 
research services delivered by 
sector specialists.

20 YouGov	Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Our quantitative and qualitative 
custom research service

YouGov’s Custom Research business conducts a wide range of 
research, tailored by our specialist teams to meet clients’ specific 
requirements. Using their in-depth sector knowledge, our custom 
research specialists employ both quantitative and qualitative 
methods to identify and analyse markets, clarify opportunities 
and challenges and generate data that provides clients with 
actionable information. Our specialists have vast experience 
in the key areas of market research including UX, audience 
understanding, testing concepts, platforms, eco-systems, 
new product design, paid for environments, effectiveness of 
communications, and brand partnerships.

Over the last few years, our Custom Research services have been 
strategically re-positioned to better align with our syndicated 
data products and services, with a greater focus on multi-year 
contracts and the delivery of projects through our data analytics 
tool, Crunch. The YouGov model allows us to minimise the 
proactive data collection required for each new custom project 
while at the same time provide our clients with more connected 
and tailored data than ever before. With every research project 
we undertake drawing on – as well as building on – the data that 
we hold in our data library, the Cube, we are redefining the very 
nature of custom research.

YouGov’s global Custom team works over a breadth of verticals 
including Financial Services, Consumer, Media, Technology, 
Political, Corporate Reputation and Sports. The scope, scale 
and complexity of custom research projects varies significantly 
and ranges from large-scale national and multinational tracking 
studies, through to more one-off surveys designed to address 
a specific commercial, social or political issue for the client. 
Our custom offerings include: reputation studies; syndicated 
studies covering sector or product trends; and a full research 
programme providing a range of research, often on annual 
contracts, including tracking studies, qualitative research and 
customer profiling.

21

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
Our products and services

Data Infrastructure

All of our products and services 
are underpinned by our unique 
data infrastructure, the principal 
elements of which are the Cube, 
Crunch and Collaborate.

22 YouGov	Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Cube

Our connected data library

The Cube is our competitive advantage. Our core offering of 
opinion data is derived from our highly participative panel of over 
6 million people worldwide who provide us with live, continuous 
streams of data from a variety of data collection platforms and 
devices. In order to store, connect and easily access all these 
hugely rich datasets, we developed the YouGov Cube, our 
highly structured and codified multi-dimensional data library.  

The Cube currently holds over 200,000 variables on consumers 
– including demographics and lifestyle, brand, sector, and 
media, digital and social data – which are constantly being 
updated. The Cube’s unique structure allows us to undertake 
fast, large-scale analysis of that data. The Cube has facilitated 
the development of innovative syndicated data products and 
services, including YouGov Profiles.

Crunch

Our data analytics and visualisation tool 

Crunch makes data processing faster, more accurate and gives 
users control over data analysis. The intuitive tool provides users 
with a quick and easy way to prepare, analyse and deliver data. 
With the highly visual interface, users can quickly view top-line 
results, or dig deeper using drag-and-drop functionality to create 

tables, charts, filters and dashboards. Datasets in Crunch are 
stored in a cloud-based, high-performance datastore. Crunch is 
used internally by YouGov’s research and operations teams, and 
is also offered to clients for self-service analysis and visualisation 
of their commissioned research data. 

Collaborate

Our new self-service tool for survey design

With Collaborate, we have automated the process of survey 
design, making the turnaround from the client’s initial request 
to the delivery of results even faster and more user-friendly. 
Collaborate users can design their own surveys without any 
assistance, or get support at any point in the design process from 
our professional researchers using the “collaboration” feature. 

Surveys designed in Collaborate are sent to the Omnibus team 
for pre-launch quality control and approval to field, in order to 
ensure submissions are in line with research good practice. 
A linkage to the Cube ensures that the questions prepared 
through Collaborate tie back to our data library and users benefit 
from the complete YouGov system.

23

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
Our products and services

Data Innovations

As the pioneer of online market 
research, innovation is core to 
YouGov’s corporate culture and 
we are constantly looking for new 
ways to evolve and transform our 
services.

24 YouGov	Annual	Report	and	Accounts	2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Direct

Our blockchain-based platform for panellist 
permissioning and effective ad targeting

Currently, consumers have little control over their online data, 
while ineffective targeting of digital advertisements has a negative 
impact on brands and publishers. YouGov Direct aims to overcome 
these problems in the digital advertising eco-system by harnessing 
blockchain technology to verify the data exchange between 
consumers and advertisers. 

Consumers using the platform are empowered to choose which 
attributes they make available to advertisers and to earn rewards 
for the data they share. Advertisers using the platform gain access 

to known audience attributes enabling more effective ad targeting 
and better campaign performance. Permissions and payments are 
recorded through the blockchain. This transparent and verifiable 
record of transactions provides assurance that ads are reaching 
actual people as opposed to bots and supports compliance with 
data protection legislation including the EU GDPR. The platform is 
currently in development and a prototype will be operational with  
a test panel and small group of pioneer clients this year. 

Our pioneering application of advanced statistical 
methodology to market research

MRP (Multilevel Regression with Post-stratification) is an 
advanced statistical methodology which YouGov pioneered and 
demonstrated to great success in the 2017 UK General Election. 
The methodology allowed us to predict a hung parliament when 
nearly everyone else – campaigners, commentators, markets, 
bookies, academics and other pollsters – was confident of an 
overwhelming Conservative victory. 

MRP was developed by the Stan Development Team at 
Columbia University in part with YouGov collaboration. 
The methodology is grounded on the fact that similar people act 

in similar ways, irrespective of exactly where they live. Using MRP, 
YouGov can assess everything we know about the demographics 
of a particular place and use that information to match individuals 
from our proprietary panel with the types of people that live there. 
MRP’s application to market research has great value as it allows 
us to describe micro-audiences with higher levels of confidence 
than ever before. Just as we can use it to estimate how a 
constituency is going to vote, we can also use it to understand 
what influences their grocery shopping or how they react to 
different types of advertising.

Our new popularity and awareness metric

We are shortly launching YouGov Ratings in the UK, our new 
popularity and awareness metric for thousands of topics 
including celebrities, politicians, sports teams, music acts and 
brands. The nationally representative popularity scores cover 
more than 8,000 topics and are published on a continuous 
basis. Ratings allows anyone to see what consumers think 
about almost anything – from pop stars to politicians, sports 
teams to snack foods, and everything in between. As well as 

allowing users to see how popular different things are, it also 
shows the connections between fans of one thing and another. 
Whether it is the brands that fans of a particular celebrity like, or 
what TV shows fans of a certain politician prefer, Ratings shows 
the links. Ratings is robust, searchable, and publicly accessible 
data. Available for free on our website, it has been designed as a 
showcase for the quality and breadth of our data, to put YouGov 
at the heart of everyday conversations. 

25

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
Chief Executive’s review
for the year ended 31 July 2018

We have delivered revenue 
and profit growth 
significantly ahead of our 
industry and continue to 
track to meet the financial 
objectives set out in our 
five-year plan. The success 
of that plan has been 
grounded in a clear vision 
as we break new ground in 
our industry. Increasingly, 
our clients are demanding 
the rapid analysis of data 
in real-time and through 
targeted investments in 
technology we have built 
a data engine which serves 
the modern marketer.” 

Stephan Shakespeare
Chief Executive Officer

26  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

This is the fourth consecutive year in which 
YouGov has delivered growth significantly above 
the market both in revenue and profit. 

Since we launched our first five-year plan in August 2014, 
we have shifted our focus from a traditional market research 
model to a real-time data analytics model. As we move towards 
announcing our next five-year plan, we are confident we have a 
clearly superior product that is becoming ever more relevant to 
the market as we continue to scale and innovate.

Operational review
Throughout the year we have continued to focus on scaling 
the business. This has included investing in our technology 
infrastructure (which includes Cube, Crunch and Collaborate), 
growing our operations capabilities and expanding into new 
geographic territories.

During the year we have established a new shared services 
centre in India to complement the existing service centre in 
Romania and provide 24/7 data processing and analytics 
coverage. We have also added a commercial arm to this 
operation, to allow us to offer our data products to the 
Indian market.

We have established new organic operations in Italy and Spain, 
initially focussed on selling our flagship products BrandIndex and 
Omnibus, with Profiles shortly to be made available.

We have also completed two small acquisitions during the year. 
We acquired a bolt-on acquisition to our existing operation in 
Australia (Galaxy DP Pty Ltd) where we saw an opportunity to 
accelerate our growth in that market. We acquired a sports 
research agency (SMG Insight Limited) where we saw an 
opportunity to extend our syndicated data products for the sports 
sector. Post period-end, we have also completed the acquisition 
of an audience conversation platform (InConversation Media Ltd), 
where we saw an opportunity to acquire technology for engaging 
with hard-to-reach audiences.

Turnover £m

£116.6m

+ 9%

67.4

76.1

88.2

107.0

116.6

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Adjusted operating profit1 £m

£19.7m

+ 35%

7.4

8.6

10.9

14.5

19.7

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

1  Defined in the explanation of alternative performance measures on page 35.

Segmental review
YouGov’s lines of business fall into three divisions: Data Products, 
Data Services and Custom Research.

Data Products 
Our Data Products division consists of Profiles, YouGov’s 
audience segmentation and targeting tool, and BrandIndex, 
YouGov’s flagship daily brand tracking service. Increasingly, these 
complimentary products are positioned as a single capability, 
communicated as “Plan & Track” to our prospects and clients. 
During the year, 25% of new Data Products sales globally 
constituted Plan & Track sales, demonstrating that the strategy  
is quickly gaining traction in the marketplace.

The Plan & Track solution is instrumental in establishing 
transparency and a common version of the truth among the 
key players in the advertising and marketing ecosystem. 
Advertisers need to find the most attractive avenues through 
which to grow their brands. Media owners need to demonstrate 
the desirability and the efficacy of their platforms to brands and 
their agencies. Agencies are under increasing pressure to justify 
strategic and tactical investment decisions on behalf of their 
brand clients. YouGov’s Plan & Track solution addresses all of 
these needs.

The full Plan & Track solution is now available in 13 markets with 
France, Australia, Hong Kong, Singapore and Thailand launched 
during the year. With the support of a global media agency as 
a charter subscriber, we have begun Profiles development in a 
further eight countries. India, Taiwan, Vietnam and the Philippines 
will launch by the end of calendar year 2018, along with Italy 
and Spain, giving us a presence in Europe’s “Big 5” economies, 
as well as Norway and Finland to complete the Nordic footprint. 
BrandIndex alone is available in 37 markets, including all 21 
current and planned Plan & Track markets, as well as Canada, 
Mexico, Brazil, Ireland, the Netherlands, Egypt, Saudi Arabia, the 
United Arab Emirates, Russia, Japan and South Korea.

YouGov also offers our Data products subscribers with additional 
“beyond-the-login” capabilities, under the banner of YouGov Data 
Applications. These capabilities include:

•  With YouGov Dynamic Segmentation, clients are able to run 
their consumer segmentation against the YouGov panel and 
then bring the segments into the Plan & Track product, gaining 
a better understanding of those segments via the thousands of 
variables in the Cube.

•  With YouGov Audience Data, clients identify and reach target 
audiences. Seed audiences are created in Profiles and then 
scaled using look-alike methodology to enable programmatic 
advertising buys through industry Data Management Platforms 
(DMPs) and Data Houses.

•  With YouGov Digital Tracking, clients can conduct analyses to 
validate that a marketing campaign has reached the correct 
target audience. Clients can identify and create an audience 
consisting of consumers who have consumed the relevant 
media during a particular campaign, then monitor brand KPIs 
such as brand awareness, advertising awareness and purchase 
consideration among that exposed audience – and compare 
that to the general population.

These capabilities provide even more value for our subscriber-
base, and are helping to increase subscriber renewal rates and 
drive additional revenue.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

New Plan & Track client wins in the year included BBDO, ING, 
McDonalds, Santander Consumer Bank and Uber.

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Data Services 
YouGov Omnibus, our popular and fast-turnaround data service, 
comprises the majority of Data Services revenue. The balance 
comes from our related Field & Tab service for targeting pre-
specified samples of respondents, and from the provision of 
Sample-Only services in the Nordic and Middle East regions.

Our technology investments in the period have included 
developments which are enhancing the commissioning and 
delivery of Omnibus surveys. In most geographies, results 
are now being delivered to clients through Crunch, our data 
analytics and visualisation tool. Our new self-service survey 
design tool, Collaborate, automates the way that clients submit 
and approve Omnibus and Custom Research survey questions. 
The Collaborate tool makes the turnaround from the client’s initial 
question generation to YouGov’s survey results delivery even 
faster and smoother for both clients and staff. Collaborate  
is currently available in the US and Germany, with roll-out to the 
UK, Spain and Italy planned for this year.

Increasing numbers of clients are taking advantage of our Re-
Contact service through which Data Products subscribers can 
undertake fast-turnaround Omnibus surveys to obtain additional 
data tailored to their needs from segments of the panel with 
specific profile characteristics.

New Omnibus client wins in the year included DeBeers, eBay, 
Hiscox, WE Communications and Vodafone.

27

 
 
 
Current trading and outlook 
The current year has started well and our order book of multi-
year subscription contracts across future years is strong, both of 
which gives us confidence in our prospects for the year ahead 
and over the medium term. We continue to see opportunities for 
growing our suite of data products and services and expanding 
our geographic footprint.

Our focus for the coming year includes investing in our 
technology infrastructure to support this growth, expanding 
into new geographic markets, and increasing our data products 
subscription client-base to further strengthen the quality of 
our revenues.

While “Brexit” continues to create uncertainty in the economic 
and political environment, especially for UK and European 
businesses, the international spread of our revenues (with a 
significant US weighting) positions our business well to cope with, 
or even gain from, potential volatility.

In recent years, we have been focussed on implementing 
the ambitious strategy the Board laid out in our first five-year 
plan announced in August 2014. As a result, we have delivered 
consistent recurring revenue and profit growth. In the coming 
months, the Board will be developing our next five-year plan, one 
which we will design to ensure YouGov’s position as a significant 
global player in the field of research data and analytics – and we 
look forward to sharing the details of that plan with shareholders 
in the spring of 2019.

Trading for the current financial year is in line with the 
Board’s expectations.

Stephan Shakespeare
Chief Executive Officer

9 October 2018

STRATEGIC REPORT
Chief Executive’s review
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

Custom Research
YouGov’s Custom Research business conducts a wide range 
of quantitative and qualitative research, tailored to meet clients’ 
specific requirements. The scope, scale and complexity of 
projects varies significantly and ranges from one-off surveys, 
through to large-scale national and multinational tracking 
studies often contracted on an annual basis and often requiring 
advanced analytics.

We have a number of in-house assets – including the Cube, 
Crunch, Collaborate and MRP methodology – which are a 
facilitator and differentiator for our Custom Research business. 
The YouGov model allows us to minimise the proactive data 
collection required for each new custom project while at the 
same time deliver our clients with more connected and tailored 
data than ever before.

Recurring, single or multi-country custom tracking studies whose 
data is delivered through Crunch, are a form of custom research 
that is particularly profitable for YouGov. We have made good 
progress against our strategy to focus less on one-off projects 
and more on tracking studies, to improve the profitability of this 
division. In the year this included exiting parts of the Germany and 
Middle East businesses with low margins. 

New Custom Research client wins in the year included Ikea, 
Piper-Heidsieck, Pyrex, Revlon and 23andMe.

As the technology of 
decision-making evolves, 
so must our products and 
applications. As we 
continue to invest in our 
future we are opening 
new routes to growth, 
whether that be through 
scaling our offering in 
new markets or launching 
new applications like 
YouGov Direct which 
champions privacy in the 
GDPR age.”

28  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Chief Financial Officer’s report 
for the year ended 31 July 2018

The 12 months to 31 July 2018 results 
demonstrate continued progress on the strategic 
aims of concentrating on higher margin and 
scalable sales. Total Group Revenue for the period 
was £116.6m compared to £107.0m in the previous 
12-month period. Revenue growth was 9% on a 
reported basis (12% on constant currency basis). 
Acquisitions in the period contributed 2% to the 
overall growth rate. 

The focus on restructuring lower margin generating business 
units coupled with the continued growth in our high margin 
product sales resulted in an increase in gross margins from 80% 
in 2017 to 82% in 2018. Adjusted operating margins increased from 
14% to 17%. 

Group operating costs (excluding amortisation of intangibles and 
exceptional items) of £75.4m (2017: £71.2m) increased by 6% in 
reported terms, and 8% in constant currency terms. The average 
number of staff (full-time equivalents) employed during the year 
increased by 37 to 816. Average revenue per head increased to 
£143,000 from £137,000 and staff costs, net of costs capitalised, 
as a percentage of revenue decreased by 1% point to 49%.

Group Adjusted Operating Profit (before amortisation and 
separately reported items) increased to £19.7m (35% growth in the 
period) with strong continued growth in Data Products, coupled 
with margin improvement in the Custom business. The statutory 
operating profit (which is after charging amortisation of £7.0m and 
other separately reported items of £0.9m) increased to £11.8m 
(2017: £7.6m). 

Amortisation charges for intangible assets in the period totalled 
£7.0m (2017: £6.5m) of which £0.7m (2017: £1.0m) related to assets 
acquired through business combinations, £2.8m (2017: £2.8m) to 
separately acquired assets and £3.5m (2017: £2.7m) to internally 
generated assets. The Group recognised net finance expense of 
£0.1m during the period (2017: income of £0.3m). 

Central costs increased by 98% in the year. This was primarily due 
to an increase in the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) charge of 
£1.8m reflecting the increased likelihood that the “LTIP 2014” plan 
will pay out in full in November 2019; and a reallocation of £2.5m 
of costs from Custom Research to Central Costs to reflect that 
these costs related to wider innovation initiatives. 

Adjusted profit before tax1 of £23.3m was an increase of £6.9m 
(42%) on the comparable result of £16.4m for the 12 months to 
31 July 2017. The adjusted tax rate decreased from 30% to 25% 
mainly as a result of a reduction in US tax rates. The adjusted 
tax rate is higher than the standard rate of corporation tax in the 
UK as a result of profits arising in countries with a higher tax rate, 
notably the US. Adjusted earnings per share1 rose by 52% to 16.6p, 
compared to 10.9p in the 12 months to 31 July 2017. A statutory 
profit before tax of £11.8m was reported after charging separately 
reported items, amortisation and share-based payment costs of 
£11.5m (2017: £8.5m). 

1  Defined in the explanation of alternative performance measures on page 35.

29

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
Chief Financial Officer’s report 
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

In December 2017, the Group acquired Galaxy DP Pty Ltd 
(“Galaxy”), an Australian-based opinion polling company. 
The terms of the transaction included an upfront payment of 
AUS$1.25m with an earn-out based on future performance over 
the following two years. In May 2018, a second acquisition was 
completed for the remaining 80% of the issued share capital of 
SMG Insight Limited (“SMG”), a sports focussed research agency. 
The transaction was structured with a payment of £1.0m at 
completion and an earn-out based on performance over a  
three-year period. 

Investment in technology and panel recruitment for the period 
amounted to £4.4m and £2.8m respectively. In the period we 
increased the global panel from 5.6m to 6.6m with new panels 
established in Italy, Spain, Mexico and Taiwan. Our technology 
investments continue in websites and mobile applications, 
survey systems, and our data analytics tool, Crunch. £1.0m 
(2017: £0.8m) was spent on the purchase of property, plant and 
equipment, resulting in a total investment in fixed assets of £8.2m 
(2017: £7.8m). Other cash outflows included taxation payments 

Performance by product and service

of £5.5m (2017: £2.5m) and the annual dividend payment of £2.1m 
(2017: £1.5m) in December 2017.

There was a net cash inflow of £7.2m in the period, compared 
to £7.5m in the 12 months to 31 July 2017. This was increased by 
a £0.2m gain in the value of non-Sterling cash balances due 
to foreign exchange movements so that net cash balances of 
£30.6m were £7.4m higher than at 31 July 2017 and £9.3m higher 
than the balances of £21.3m as at 31 January 2018. 

The Group’s results were affected by the net appreciation of GBP 
as its average exchange rate was 6% higher against the USD 
and 3% lower against the Euro in the period compared to the 
12 months to 31 July 2017. The net impact of foreign exchange 
on the Group’s adjusted operating profit was a decrease of 
£0.8m compared to calculation in constant currency terms. 
The underlying increase in adjusted operating profit, compared 
to the 12 months ended 31 July 2017, was 41%. 

Revenue

Data Products 

Data Services 

Total Data Products & Services 

Custom Research 

Intra-group Revenues

Group 

Adjusted Operating Profit 

Data Products 

Data Services 

Total Data Products & Services 

Custom Research 

Support Costs 

Group 

Year to
31 July 2018
£m

Year to
31 July 2017
£m

30.4

29.0

59.4

58.7

(1.5)

116.6

Year to
31 July 2018
£m

Year to
31 July 2017
£m

11.7

8.0

19.7

14.1

(14.1)

19.7

7.0

5.7

12.7

8.9

(7.1)

14.5

24.1

23.3

47.4

60.2

(0.6)

107.0

% 
change

66%

40%

54%

59%

(98%)

35%

% 
change

26%

24%

25%

(3%)

–

9%

% change
at
constant
currency

30%

26%

28%

0%

–

12%

                       Operating margin %

2018

38%

28%

33%

24%

–

17%

2017

29%

24%

27%

15%

–

14%

30  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Custom Research
Performance in the period was impacted by the reduction of low 
profit or loss making activities in Germany and the Middle East 
in the latter half of the last financial year. In the second half of 
the year, further headcount reductions to the Custom Research 
division in Germany, Nordics and Middle East resulted in a 
separately reported charge of £0.7m. Reflecting the reduction of 
activities in some areas, revenue for the period declined by 3% in 
reported terms to £58.7m. 

However, continued focus on a Custom Research offering which 
utilises our proprietary panel, survey system and Cube data has 
resulted in a significant increase in profitability in this division. 
The adjusted operating profit increased by 59% to £14.1m and the 
operating margin improved by 9% points to 24%. This was also 
due to operating costs reducing by 18% mainly as a result of the 
restructuring of underperforming areas. 

The continued rationalisation of Custom Research led to mixed 
performances across the geographies. In the UK, where our core 
panel-based model is most established, revenue grew by 5% 
(benefitting from several large tracker contracts) although the 
operating margin decreased from 33% to 31%, due to an increase 
in operating costs.

In the US, revenue grew by 23%, with growth coming both from 
new business and our existing client portfolio. Operating margin 
grew to 28% from 16% as a result of continued operational 
efficiency gains. 

Middle East and Germany revenue fell by 32% and 37% in 
local currency terms due to restructuring of operations. 
Reported revenue also decreased by 15% in the Nordics  
in local currency terms.

Data Products
Revenue from Data Products increased by 26% (30% in constant 
currency terms) in the period. The adjusted operating profit from 
Data Products increased by 66% to £11.7m and the operating 
margin increased by 9% points to 38%. The improving margin 
partly reflects the growing contribution from Profiles as well as  
a reduction in the use of third party data collection.

Our flagship product, BrandIndex, grew revenue by 19% 
(23% in constant currency terms) to £23.5m (2017: £19.8m). 
BrandIndex accounts for 20% of total Group revenue in the period 
and increased its subscriber numbers to 37 markets across the 
world. Profiles made good progress, with sales in this period 
together with the subscription growth achieved last year led to 
global revenue increasing by 81% (87% constant currency) to 
£6.6m.

Geographically, the US remains the largest Data Products market 
and grew by 17% in GBP terms (23% in local currency). In the UK, 
revenue grew by 29%, a faster rate than the previous year, due 
to faster new business sales in the second half of the previous 
financial year. There was also strong revenue growth in other 
markets including 25% in Germany (28% in local currency) and 
13% in the Nordics (10% in local currency). The newer markets 
of France and Asia Pacific each grew their revenue in reported 
terms by over 50%. 

Increasingly, BrandIndex and Profiles are sold as a combined 
proposition as “Plan & Track”. BrandIndex is now available in 
37 markets and Profiles is available in 19 markets. Going forward, 
we will report on the combined Plan & Track performance rather 
than YouGov BrandIndex and YouGov Profiles separately.

In December 2017, the YouGov Reports product was discontinued 
resulting in a restructuring charge of £0.2m. Revenues in the year 
up to the date of closure were £25,000.

Data Services
Revenue from Data Services, 94% of which is Omnibus, our 
online fast turnaround service increased by 24% (26% in constant 
currency terms) to £29.0m, mainly due to strong growth in 
international markets. This growth contributed to an increase 
of 40% in the Data Services operating profit to £8.0m and the 
operating margin rose from 24% to 28% reflecting investment  
in the newer markets, notably Asia Pacific delivering growth.

This included a 46% increase in reported revenue in USA (53% 
growth in local currency), and a 59% increase in Asia Pacific (63% 
in local currency). France and Middle East also grew strongly, by 
19% (16% local currency) and 21% (27% local currency) respectively. 
In the UK, where YouGov Omnibus is the market leader, revenue 
grew by 12%.

31

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
Chief Financial Officer’s report 
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

Performance by geography

Revenue

 UK 

 USA

 Mainland Europe

 Middle East

 Asia Pacific

 Intra-group Revenues 

 Group 

Adjusted Operating Profit 

UK 

USA 

Mainland Europe

Middle East

Asia Pacific

Corporate/Unallocated 

Group 

Year to
31 July 2018
£m

Year to
31 July 2017
£m

Revenue 
growth
%

31.3

48.2

21.6

12.1

8.7

(5.3)

116.6

27.1

40.7

21.2

16.3

5.5

(3.8)

107.0

15%

18%

2%

(26%)

59%

–

9%

Revenue  
growth at 
constant 
currency %

15%

24%

2%

(22%)

62%

–

12%

Year to
31 July 2018
£m

Year to
31 July 2017
£m

Operating
profit growth
%

12.0

16.6

2.3

3.6

0.8

(15.6)

19.7

8.6

9.3

2.3

2.4

(0.9)

(7.2)

14.5

40%

78%

(2%)

45%

–

117%

35%

                       Operating margin %

2018

38%

34%

11%

29%

10%

–

17%

2017

31%

23%

10%

15%

(16%)

–

14%

Restructuring costs of £1.4m in the period were the result of 
further restructuring undertaken in the UK, Middle East and 
Germany to align activities with the Group’s strategic objectives. 
Revenue in the Middle East declined by 26% due to the closure 
of non-online research activities. The UK and Germany achieved 
revenue growth of 15% and 18% whilst stopping low margin 
revenue of £0.7m and £1.9m respectively. 

Our geographic expansion continued with new offices in Spain, 
Italy and India bringing the total number of countries the Group 
operates in to 22. All geographies other than Mainland Europe 
generated increased adjusted operating profits in the period 
with the US and UK continuing to be significant contributors 
with growth rates of 78% and 40% respectively. We are pleased 
to see the investment in Asia Pacific generating profits in the 
period whilst we continue investing in research capability in more 
countries in the region. 

32  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Panel development by geography
Panel size 
at 31 July 2018

Region

Panel size
at 31 July 2017

UK

USA and Mexico

Mainland Europe

Middle East

Asia Pacific

Total 

1,355,800

1,182,100

2,415,000

2,152,400

952,000

934,700

946,200

770,100

858,400

673,700

6,603,700

5,636,700

We continue to expand the reach of our global panel, with 
recruitment launched in Italy, Spain, Mexico and Taiwan during 
the year. This, along with growth to support increased demand 
in existing markets, not least the UK, USA and Germany, led 
to a total increase of 17% in the size of the panel in the period. 
As at 31 July 2018, the Group’s online panel comprised a total 
of 6.6 million panellists. The table above shows the breakdown 
by region.

Group financial performance

Amortisation of intangible assets
In the 12 months to 31 July 2018, amortisation charges for 
intangible assets of £7.0m were £0.5m higher than the previous 
year. Amortisation of the consumer panel increased by £0.4m 
to £2.6m reflecting the additional investment made to grow the 
panel in the past three years. Amortisation of software increased 
by £0.5m to £4.0m, £3.5m (2017: £2.7m) of the total charge related 
to assets created through the Group’s own internal development 
activities, £0.3m (2017: £0.6m) related to separately acquired 
assets and £0.2m (2017: £0.2m) was for amortisation on assets 
acquired through business combinations.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Other separately reported items
Discontinued activities in the UK, Mainland Europe and Middle 
East and the establishment of centralised support functions 
resulted in restructuring costs of £1.4m in the year to 31 July 2018 
(£2017: £0.6m). In addition, costs of £1.1m were incurred in relation 
to the acquisitions of Galaxy and SMG during the year, including 
£0.8m of acquisition consideration treated as employment costs, 
as well as £0.1m in respect of acquisitions completed after the 
year-end. These costs were partly offset by a £1.7m fair value gain 
on the 20% shareholding in SMG held prior to the acquisition of 
the remaining 80%.

Analysis of operating profit and earnings per share

Operating profit

Amortisation of intangibles

Other separately reported items

Adjusted operating profit1

Share-based payments

Imputed interest

Net finance income

Share of post-tax (loss)/profit  
in associates

Adjusted profit before tax1

Adjusted taxation1 

Adjusted profit after tax1

Adjusted earnings per share (pence)1

31 July
2018
£’000

11,758

7,024

892

19,674

3,571

75

(52)

66

23,334

(5,786)

17,548

16.6

31 July
2017
£’000

7,557

6,483

488

14,528

1,488

20

254

103

16,393

(4,912)

11,481

10.9

1 Defined in the explanation of alternative performance measures on page 35.

33

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
Chief Financial Officer’s report 
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

Cash flow
The Group generated £23.6m (2017: £18.9m) in cash from 
operations (before paying interest and tax) including a £0.6m 
(2017: £2.3m) net working capital inflow; as a result the cash 
conversion rate (percentage of adjusted operating profit 
converted to cash) reduced from 130% to 119% of adjusted 
operating profit.

Capital expenditure

Internally generated software

Panel recruitment

Other intangible assets

Total expenditure on intangible 
assets

Purchase of property, plant and 
equipment

Total capital expenditure

31 July
2018
£’000

3,928

2,834

455

31 July
2017
£’000

3,385

3,471

112

7,217

6,968

969

8,186

843

7,811

Net expenditure on financing activities increased by £0.8m to 
£2.1m, including the dividend payment of £2.1m (2017: £1.5m). 

Net cash balances at the year-end increased by £7.4m to £30.6m. 
Net cash inflow in the year was £7.2m (2017: £7.5m) and currency 
fluctuations in the year resulted in an exchange gain of £0.2m 
(2017: £0.2m).

Currency
The Group operates across multiple currencies, primarily USD$ 
and Euros. The appreciation in the US$/GBP£ rate resulted in 
approximately 5% lower reported revenue growth in the US, 
Middle East and Asia. Group operating expenses were 2% lower 
than if calculated in constant currency. 

Taxation 
The blended tax rate payable by the Group decreased from 30% 
to 25% in the period due to a decrease in corporation taxes in the 
US. The tax charge for the year was £3.6m on a statutory basis 
(£3.3m in 2017). On an adjusted basis the tax charge for the year 
was £5.8m (2017: £4.9m) which is a tax rate of 25% on the adjusted 
profit before tax. 

Balance sheet 
As at 31 July 2018, total shareholders’ funds and net assets 
increased from £80.5m to £92.1m. Net current assets increased 
from £20.7m to £25.3m. Current assets increased by £11.8m 
to £66.7m with debtor days decreasing from 58 to 56. 
Current liabilities increased by £7.2m to £41.4m with creditor days 
decreasing to 21 days from 24 days at 31 July 2017. The focus 
on increasing revenues from subscriptions has resulted in an 
increase of £1.8m of deferred revenue which is included in current 
liabilities. Non-current liabilities increased by £6.3m to £11.2m 
partly due to £5.1m of contingent consideration payable  
in respect of the acquisitions in the year. 

Proposed dividend
The Board is recommending the payment of a final dividend of 
3.0p per share for the year ended 31 July 2018. If shareholders 
approve this dividend at the AGM (scheduled for Wednesday 
12 December 2018), it will be paid on Monday 17 December 2018 
to all shareholders who were on the Register of Members at 
close of business on Friday 7 December 2018.

Alex McIntosh
Chief Financial Officer

9 October 2018

34  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Explanation of non-IFRS measures

Financial measure

How we define it

Why we use it

Separately reported items 

Items that in the Directors’ judgement are one-
off or need to be disclosed separately by virtue 
of their size or incidence.

Provides a more comparable basis to assess the 
year-to-year operational business performance.

Adjusted operating profit

Adjusted operating  
profit margin

Adjusted profit  
before tax

Adjusted taxation

Operating profit excluding amortisation 
of intangible assets charged to operating 
expenses and separately reported items.

Adjusted operating profit expressed as a 
percentage of revenue.

Profit before tax before amortisation of 
intangible assets charged to operating profit, 
share-based payment charges, imputed interest 
and separately reported items.

Taxation due on the adjusted profit before tax, 
thus excluding the tax effect of amortisation and 
exceptional items.

Provides a more comparable basis to assess 
the underlying tax rate. 

Adjusted tax rate

Adjusted taxation expressed as a percentage of 
adjusted profit before tax.

Adjusted profit  
after tax

Adjusted profit after  
tax attributable to  
owners of the parent

Adjusted earnings  
per share

Adjusted profit before tax less adjusted taxation.

Facilitates performance evaluation, individually 
and relative to other companies.

Adjusted profit after tax less profit attributable to 
non-controlling interests.

Adjusted profit after tax attributable to owners 
of the parent divided by the weighted average 
number of shares. Adjusted diluted earnings per 
share includes the impact of share options.

Constant currency revenue 
change

Current year revenue change compared to prior 
year revenue in local currency translated at the 
current year average exchange rates.

Shows the underlying revenue change by 
eliminating the impact of foreign exchange  
rate movements.

Cash conversion

The ratio of cash generated from operations to 
adjusted operating profit.

Indicates the extent to which the business 
generates cash from adjusted operating profits.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

35

 
 
 
STRATEGIC REPORT
Principal risks

Our approach to risk management 
During 2018, the Board’s Audit & Risk Committee have led a review of the Risk Management Policy and Procedure (the “Risk Policy”). 
Primary responsibility for oversight and scrutiny of the internal controls and risk management has been delegated to the Audit & Risk 
Committee, who report back to the Board on a regular basis. The Audit & Risk Committee’s Terms of Reference have been updated to 
reflect their additional focus on risk management. The Risk Policy procedures have fed into the Board’s identification of the principal 
risks and uncertainties facing the Company at 31 July 2018. 

Summary of principal risks and uncertainties
The principal risks and uncertainties identified in the following table are those risks which are considered by the Board to be material to 
the development, performance, position and/or future prospects of the Company. Whilst the risks have not materially changed since 
the 2017 Annual Report, the risk factors may have evolved and the categorisation may have changed. These are not the only risks 
facing the business, but are those which are considered to have a material impact on the business, and therefore are the focus  
of discussion at the highest levels of the Company. 

Risk category

Competition

Description

Mitigation

Increasing competition from “copycat” products could 
attract clients away from YouGov. 

In our fast-paced industry, YouGov’s offering 
could become outdated and thereby not able to 
retain clients.

Panel members could choose to move away from 
YouGov and offer their opinions to competitors.

•  Differentiation from our competitors: the size of 

our panel and the wealth of data in our proprietary 
data library are key assets which are difficult for 
competitors to replicate.

•  YouGov is continuously innovating to keep our 
products relevant and at the cutting edge of 
our industry. 

•  Dedicated Panel team manages the needs of our 
panellists globally. We continuously innovate to 
improve the panellist experience. 

Cyber

Top risks identified from Cyber events are: 

•  YouGov’s Business Continuity and Disaster 

•  Inadequacy of IT infrastructure to support the 
business. For example, an inability to restore 
business promptly after an outage. 

•  Serious IT failure impacting on business operations 
such as from deliberate intrusion (i.e. hacking, social 
engineering or virus), accidental outage due to user 
error, employee malfeasance or failure of physical 
IT assets (i.e. data centres and/or hardware).

Data protection

The occurrence of a data breach incident (i.e. 
exposure of panellist/client personal information) 
due to deliberate intrusion (e.g. unauthorised access, 
hacking, social engineering or virus), accidental data 
leak, or deliberate de-anonymisation (client takes 
YouGov data and combines it with their own data to 
create data from which individuals can be identified). 

Non-compliance under the EU GDPR or other data 
protection or privacy legislation leading to significant 
penalties or reputation damage.

Recovery plans are in place and regularly reviewed. 

•  Robust budget planning in place for IT resource 
requirements, involving key stakeholders from 
across the business. 

•  Breach Response policy and dedicated team 

(including Group Head of Infrastructure & System 
Operations, Group Head of Panel, Group Head of 
Governance, Group Data Protection Officer and 
Group Information Security Manager) in place to 
respond to any breaches.

•  Intrusion detection systems in place. 

•   IT security practices are externally validated.

•  Dedicated Data Protection Officer and Information 

Security Manager roles created in the year. 

•  Management focus on compliance across the 

Group’s data handling activities. 

•  Compulsory training on IT Security and Data 

protection for all employees across the Group.

•  Data Protection Policies and Guidelines are 

reviewed and updated regularly.

•  As mentioned above, Breach Response policy 
and dedicated team in place to respond to 
any breaches.

36  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Risk category

Description

Mitigation

Geopolitical 

Consequences of the United Kingdom’s exit from the 
European Union (“Brexit”) cause uncertainty for the 
economic outlook for UK-based businesses.

•  The Board and Governance team monitor the 

political, industry and regulatory changes across 
the Group in relation to Brexit. 

•  While YouGov is headquartered in the UK, the 

USA is now the Group’s largest region in terms of 
revenue and profit and is expected to be largely 
unaffected by Brexit.

Internal controls

Unauthorised access to our systems and/or IT 
infrastructure by ex-employees/contractors and/or 
unknown third parties. 

•  The HR and IT teams work together to manage 

access to our systems by known third parties such 
as contractors and ex-employees. 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Regulatory

Reputation

Non-compliance with legal and regulatory 
requirements for a listed company with overseas 
subsidiaries. This could be due to a lack of 
knowledge or understanding of relevant legislation, 
or an inability to follow company policy. 

Failure to protect the Group’s reputation could lead 
to a loss of confidence and a decline in our customer 
base; and affect our ability to recruit and retain 
employees and panellists. 

Damage to our reputation could arise from a range of 
events, for example from our services being of poor 
quality or the leak of confidential data.

•  Prevention of access by unknown third parties 
is the responsibility of the IT team. We employ 
security systems which are externally validated.

•  Group activities are subject to scrutiny by 
the Board, Audit & Risk Committee and 
external auditors. 

•  Management is supported by a team of qualified 

professionals, external advisors and in-house Head 
of Legal. 

•  PR advisors retained who actively monitor the 
corporate press. Executive management have 
received media training. 

•  Nominated staff to manage corporate social 

media relations and nominated spokespersons for 
media interaction.

•  Panel team actively monitors panellist feedback by 
email and surveys; Marketing team actively monitor 
social media feeds and manage complaints. 

Strategy

Key risks related to Strategy include: 

•  The Board adopts a five-year strategic plan and 

•  Failure to achieve projected growth in line with our 
annual budget and/or do not meet the strategy 
objectives in line with market expectations. 

•  Failure to identify or execute a successful strategy 
for the business leading to loss of client base, 
inadequate resources to provide new products 
and/or services, and/or changes in technology 
result in YouGov’s offering becoming outdated.

assesses progress against it annually. 

•  Executive LTIP designed to focus Senior 

Management on profit growth (see Remuneration 
Report on page 50 to 54).

•  Senior Management focus on developing and 
implementing new strategies, methodologies, 
technologies, products and services. 

•  Robust planning process in place involving key 

stakeholders across the business. 

•  Regular review of Company performance against 

market expectations by the Board. 

•  Management meet regularly with the 

Company’s broker to review market expectations 
and messaging.

For detailed discussion on the financial risks facing the Group, please see Note 20 on pages 101 to 103.

The Strategic Report is approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Stephan Shakespeare 
Chief Executive Officer 

9 October 2018

37

 
 
 
2

38  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Governance
report

Chair’s Introduction and Corporate 
Governance Statement
Board of Directors  
Corporate Governance Report  
Remuneration Report 
Directors’ Report 
Directors’ Responsibilities Statement 
Independent Auditors’ Report to the Members of  
YouGov plc on the Group Financial Statements

40 

42
44
50
55
58
59 

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

39

 
 
 
GOVERNANCE REPORT
Chair’s Introduction and Corporate Governance Statement 

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the YouGov plc Corporate Governance Report for the year ended 31 July 2018.

The YouGov plc Board is committed to delivering high standards of corporate governance – commensurate with its size, stage 
of growth and the nature of the Group’s activities – to its shareholders and other stakeholders including employees, panellists, 
customers, suppliers and the wider community.

Evolving corporate governance at YouGov

Since 2014, the Company has followed the QCA Corporate Governance Code as its benchmark for good corporate governance 
practice. Following the publication of a new QCA Code in April 2018 (the “QCA Code 2018”), the Board formally adopted the new 
edition. I have overseen the adoption of the QCA Code 2018 into our Corporate Governance model, ensuring that the ten principles are 
applied and that our corporate governance processes and procedures meet the new requirements. As a Company listed on the AIM 
sub-market of the London Stock Exchange, we are not required to follow the UK Corporate Governance Code issued by the Financial 
Reporting Council but we consider it in our corporate governance activities.

We continually improve our corporate governance practices with a view to achieving best-practice standards befitting our position 
as one of the largest AIM-listed companies. During the year, corporate governance activities have included:

•  Implementation of new risk management policy and procedure (see page 36);

•  Nomination Committee search for new Directors (see page 46);

•  Updating Terms of Reference for each of our Committees (see page 45 to 46); 

•  Review of the Board succession planning process (see page 46); and

•  Review of the Board effectiveness evaluation process (see page 44).

We have a growing Governance Team at YouGov who assist the Board of Directors to ensure high standards are maintained. 

40  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Corporate culture 

As the pioneer of online market research, innovation is core to YouGov’s corporate culture. We have retained the progressive and 
entrepreneurial spirit from YouGov’s early beginnings, developing it into the driven, fast-paced workplace that we have today.

As demonstrated by our line of business, YouGov’s culture is one where all opinions are valued and ideas are openly invited. 
This culture is reflected in our approach to all parts of our business, from employee relations (such as providing agile working 
opportunities and instilling a focus on inclusion) to panellist relations (such as seeking regular feedback on panellist’s experience 
and surveying their views on YouGov developments). For information on our employee benefits, and how we interact with our 
stakeholders, see page 49.

The Board monitors corporate culture through regular interaction with senior management and, for the Executive Directors in 
particular, day-to-day contact with colleagues at all levels throughout the business. In a year in which we oversaw a number of 
acquisitions and expansion to new geographies, corporate culture has been an area of focus for the Board during 2018. We aim for 
acquired companies to be integrated into YouGov as swiftly as possible, from both an operational and cultural perspective.

Changes to our Board of Directors 

This financial year has seen a number of changes to our Board of Directors, which are described in my statement in the Strategic 
Report on page 5 and detailed in this Corporate Governance Report on page 44. We are confident the new composition makes for a 
high performing Board with the right balance of experience and new ideas for achieving our ambitions for the business. As detailed on 
page 44, we are undergoing a formal evaluation during 2018/19 to assess the performance of the new Board.

This Corporate Governance Report sets out our approach to governance, provides further information on the operation of the Board 
and its Committees, and explains how the Group complies with the QCA Code 2018. 

Roger Parry
Chair

9 October 2018

41

 
 
 
 
GOVERNANCE REPORT
GOVERNANCE
Board of Directors

Roger Parry CBE
Non-Executive Chair

Appointed:  
Chair of YouGov plc in January 2007

Stephan Shakespeare
Chief Executive Officer

Appointed:  
Founded YouGov plc in March 2000 

Experience:  
Roger is Chair of Oxford Metrics and a Non-
Executive Director of Uber UK. He was previously 
Chair of Future Publishing, Johnston Press and 
Shakespeare’s Globe Trust; a consultant with 
McKinsey & Co; CEO of More Group, and CEO of 
Clear Channel International. Roger was educated at 
the universities of Oxford and Bristol. He is a Visiting 
Fellow of Oxford University. He was awarded the 
CBE in 2014. He is the author of five books including 
The Ascent of Media. 

Experience:  
One of the pioneers of internet research,  
Stephan has been the driving force behind 
YouGov’s innovation-led strategy. He was Chair 
of the Data Strategy Board for the Department 
for Business, Innovation and Skills 2012/13 and 
led the Shakespeare Review of Public Sector 
Information. He is a Commissioner for the Social 
Metrics Commission, an independent charity 
dedicated to helping UK policy makers and the 
public understand and take action to tackle poverty. 
Stephan has an MA in English Language and 
Literature from Oxford University. 

Alex McIntosh
Chief Financial Officer

Sundip Chahal
Chief Operating Officer

Appointed:  
Executive Director in December 2017

Appointed:  
Executive Director in December 2017

Experience:  
Alex has been with YouGov since 2007, and became 
Chief Financial Officer in December 2017. Alex initially 
joined YouGov as Corporate Finance Manager within 
the finance team focussing on planning, budgeting 
and corporate development. He became Chief 
Strategy Officer in 2011 and played a leading role in 
the development of YouGov’s strategic plans and 
data product developments. Alex also held the role 
of Chief Executive Officer of YouGov’s UK business 
from 2015 to 2016. He previously worked in corporate 
finance advising a wide range of companies on 
their growth plans and first worked with YouGov 
in 2005 while at Grant Thornton when he assisted 
with the Group’s initial public offering on AIM. 
Alex holds a BSc (Hons) in Applied Accounting, an 
MSc in Finance, and is a Fellow of the Association of 
Chartered Certified Accountants.

Experience:  
Sundip has been with YouGov since 2005 and has 
been the Group’s Chief Operating Officer since 
2014. He initially joined YouGov’s UK business as 
BrandIndex Sales Director, becoming Managing 
Director of Data Products in 2008. In 2009, he was 
appointed as Chief Operating Officer of YouGov’s 
MENA business and relocated to Dubai to oversee 
the expansion of YouGov’s core online services 
across the Middle East, North Africa and Asia. 
In 2010, he was promoted to Chief Executive Officer 
of YouGov MENA. Prior to joining YouGov, Sundip 
gained experience of the market research industry 
with Ipsos Mori and Research International.

42  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Nick Jones
Non-Executive Director 

S A

R

Ben Elliot
Non-Executive Director

Rosemary Leith
Non-Executive Director

AR

Appointed:  
Senior Independent Director in June 2009 

Appointed:  
Non-Executive Director in August 2010

Appointed:  
Non-Executive Director in February 2015

Experience: 
Ben is the Co-Founder of Quintessentially, the 
global luxury lifestyle company started in December 
2000. He is also the Chair of the Quintessentially 
Foundation, which has raised over £11m for charity 
since 2008, and a Partner in Hawthorn Advisors, 
a successful corporate communications business. 
He is a Trustee for the V&A Museum and Chair of 
the Philanthropy Board for the Royal Albert Hall, as 
well as being a Trustee of the Eranda Rothschild 
Foundation and the Honorary Treasurer for The 
Centre for Policy Studies.

Experience:  
Nick is Chief Financial Officer of Broadstone, the 
provider of employee benefits, actuarial and 
investment services advice to small and medium-
sized businesses. Prior to this, he was CFO of 
Attenda, CFO of Achilles Group, and Global Head 
of Finance for Reuters plc where he also led the 
integration of Thomson and Reuters. Nick has held 
senior financial roles in technology and media 
businesses in the UK, the US and Europe including 
Virgin Media, Phillips Electronics and RR Donnelley. 
Nick is a Fellow of the Chartered Institute of 
Management Accountants and holds a BA (Hons)  
in Accounting and Finance.

Committees:  
Chair of Audit & Risk Committee  
(to become Member on 1 November 2018)

Member of Remuneration Committee

Experience:  
Rosemary is a Non-Executive Director and member 
of the Risk Committee of HSBC UK Bank plc. She is 
Co-Founding Director of the World Wide Web 
Foundation and Trustee of the National Gallery, 
where she is Chair of the Digital Advisory Board 
and member of the Remuneration Committee. 
Rosemary is a Fellow at Harvard’s Berkman Klein 
Center for Internet and Society. Rosemary is 
an advisor to technology businesses including 
Motive Partners, Infinite Analytics and Glasswing 
Ventures, and academic institutions including 
Queen’s University School of Business and Wolfson 
College. She was Chair of the World Economic 
Forum Global Agenda Council on Future of Internet 
Security. Rosemary holds a Bachelor of Commerce 
(Hons) in Finance and Accounting from Queen’s 
University in Canada.

Committees: 
Chair of Remuneration Committee

Member of Audit & Risk Committee

Key

S

A

R

Chair of Committee

Senior Independent Director

Audit Committee member

Remuneration Committee member

Andrea Newman
Non-Executive Director 

Ashley Martin
Non-Executive Director

Appointed:  
Non-Executive Director in December 2017

Appointed:  
Non-Executive Director in September 2018

Experience:  
Andrea is the Global Head of Marketing Wealth 
& Brand Communications at HSBC Holdings 
plc. In this role, Andrea is responsible for the 
management of the HSBC brand globally, as 
well as all marketing related to HSBC’s Wealth 
Management propositions. She has been at HSBC 
for 20 years and during that time has lived and 
worked in the US and Asia Pacific in addition to the 
UK. During her tenure with HSBC she has overseen 
the development of the company’s brand from a 
federation of over 50 brands to one unified brand, 
ensuring HSBC’s place as one of the most globally 
recognised financial services brands.

Experience:  
Ashley joined the Board of YouGov on 1 September 
2018. Ashley is also Non-Executive Director and 
Chair of the Audit & Risk Committee at Zegona 
Communications plc. Until recently, he served for 
nine years as Non-Executive Director and Chair of 
the Audit Committee at Rightmove plc. Ashley has 
held executive roles at a number of high growth 
entrepreneurial businesses in the technology, 
media and communications sector including 
Tempus Group plc, Rok plc and The Engine Group. 
He is a Chartered Accountant and a Fellow of the 
Institute of Chartered Accountants.

Committees:  
To be appointed Chair of Audit & Risk Committee 
from 1 November 2018

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GOVERNANCE REPORT
Corporate Governance Report
for the year ended 31 July 2018

Statement of compliance

YouGov plc has adopted the QCA Code 2018. We are compliant with the principles of the Code. Disclosures required by the QCA Code 
2018 have been made both in this Annual Report and on our website.

The Board 

Composition 
At 31 July 2018, the Board consisted of three Executive Directors and five Non-Executive Directors, including a Non-Executive Chair. 
There were a number of changes to the composition of the Board during the year.

On 6 December 2017, Alan Newman retired and was succeeded by Alex McIntosh as Chief Financial Officer and an Executive Director. 
On the same day, Doug Rivers retired as an Executive Director but remains as Chief Scientist; Sundip Chahal, Chief Operating Officer, 
became an Executive Director; and Andrea Newman was appointed as a Non-Executive Director. 

Since the close of the reporting year, on 1 September 2018, Ashley Martin was appointed as a Non-Executive Director. 

The names of the Directors, their biographies and their respective responsibilities are shown on pages 42 and 43.

Independence
The Board periodically reviews its composition and succession planning framework to ensure that Board appointments create an 
appropriate mix of skills and experience, and a level of diversity and independence that supports the Group’s objectives for business 
growth. The key factors considered by the Board when determining a Director’s independence are their other commitments, their 
tenure and, significantly, the personal qualities they demonstrate in the boardroom in particular their judgement and the level of 
engagement and challenge that they provide in Board and Committee discussions. Each of the six Non-Executive Directors, including 
the Non-Executive Chair, are considered by the Board to be independent. Principle 5 of the QCA Code 2018 confirms that a Director’s 
independence is a Board judgement.

Roger Parry reached 11 years tenure on the Board of the Company in 2018. After evaluation, the Board has determined that Roger 
remains independent in character and judgement in his role as Non-Executive Director and as Chair of the Board.

Nick Jones reached nine years tenure on the Board of the Company in 2018. After evaluation, the Board has determined that Nick 
remains independent in character and judgement in his roles. Taking into account the length of Nick’s tenure, the Board has decided 
that Ashley Martin will become Chair of Audit & Risk Committee with effect from 1 November 2018.

For more information on succession planning, please see the report of the Nomination Committee on page 46.

Operation
The Board operates both formally, through Board and Committee meetings, and informally, through regular contact amongst 
Directors. High-level decisions on matters such as strategy, financial performance and reporting, dividends, risk management, 
major capital expenditure, acquisitions and disposals are reserved for the Board or Board Committees. The Board receives regular 
information from management on the Group’s performance and appropriate information relating to the agenda for formal Board and 
Committee meetings are provided in advance of those meetings to the members.

All Directors are expected to commit sufficient time to their roles as required. As a minimum, Non-Executive Directors commit one 
day per month to their roles for the Company and the Chair of the Board commits further time as required to appropriately fulfil his role 
as Chair.

All Directors are required to submit themselves for re-election at the Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) following their appointment 
and subsequently on a rotational basis, which ensures that each Director is submitted for re-election approximately every three years. 
In line with best practice, the Board has decided that from the 2019 AGM onwards all Directors will be subject to re-election by the 
shareholders at each AGM. It is planned that the Company’s Articles of Association, which were adopted in 2008, be revised to reflect 
this new policy on annual re-election and be tabled at the 2019 AGM for shareholder approval.

Evaluation
The Board undertakes an evaluation of its own effectiveness on an annual basis. In accordance with best practice and given the recent 
changes to the Board, the evaluation process was reviewed in 2018. After review, the Board determined that a more formal in-house 
board evaluation would be most appropriate. The evaluation is facilitated by the Corporate Secretariat and consists of:

•   questionnaires completed by each Director on effectiveness of the Board as a whole;

•  individual peer-to-peer questionnaires; and

•  one-to-one discussions with the Company Secretary. 

Anonymised results from the questionnaires and discussions are shared with the full Board to facilitate discussion and, if appropriate, 
allocation of actions for improvement. At the time of publication of this report, the evaluation process is underway. It is expected that 
the Board will provide an overview of the board evaluation, its results and recommendations in the 2019 Annual Report. 

44  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Shareholder communications
The Executive Directors meet regularly with institutional shareholders to discuss the Group’s performance and future prospects. 
At these meetings, the views of institutional shareholders are canvassed and subsequently reported back to the Board. The AGM 
is available as a forum for communication with private shareholders. The Investor Relations section of the website is a key source 
of information for all shareholders and maintained by the Corporate Secretariat. It is available at yougov.co.uk/about/investors. 
The Company Secretary is the point of contact for investor relations. 

Advisors
All Directors have access to all of the Group’s selected advisors and can obtain independent professional advice at the Group’s 
own expense in performance of their duties as Directors. Board Committees are authorised to obtain, at the Group’s expense, 
professional advice on any matter within their Terms of Reference. The Audit & Risk Committee works with the Group’s auditors, 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The Company Secretary is supported on company secretarial matters by Numis (NOMAD) and Neville 
Registrars (Registrar).

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Board Committees 

The Board is supported by the Audit & Risk, Remuneration and Nomination Committees. All Terms of Reference are available to 
download from yougov.co.uk/about/investors/corporate-governance.

Audit & Risk Committee

Members: 
Meetings in 2017/18: 

Nick Jones (Chair, Non-Executive Director), Rosemary Leith (Non-Executive Director)
3

In July 2018, the Audit Committee was renamed the Audit & Risk Committee (the “Committee”). The Committee operates under 
Terms of Reference agreed by the Board. The Committee meets with external auditors to consider the Company’s financial reporting 
in advance of its publication. On 1 November 2018, Ashley Martin will replace Nick Jones as Chair of the Committee, while Nick will 
continue as a member. Both Nick Jones and Ashley Martin have recent and relevant financial experience. Executive members of the 
Board attend meetings at the invitation of the Chair.

The Terms of Reference were updated following a review of current best-practice guidelines and to reflect the Committee’s additional 
responsibilities regarding the review of risk. For more information on the risk review activities undertaken by the Committee during 
2017/18, please see page 36.

The Audit & Risk Committee reports to the Board on any matters in respect of which it considers that action or improvement is needed, 
and makes recommendations as to the steps to be taken. In particular, the Committee is responsible for:

•  ensuring that the financial performance of the Group is properly monitored and reported;

•  monitoring the formal announcements relating to financial performance;

•  meeting the auditors and agreeing audit strategy;

•  reviewing reports from the auditors and management relating to accounts and internal control systems; and

•  making recommendations to the Board in respect of external auditor appointment and remuneration.

The effectiveness of the internal control systems are regularly reviewed and an assessment of internal controls has been conducted 
during the year. The Audit & Risk Committee monitors implementation measures to improve the control environment.

Although there was no formal internal audit during the year, the accounting functions were subject to periodic internal review. As the 
business continues to grow, the Board and the Committee keep the Group’s need for an internal audit function under review.

Remuneration Committee

Members: 
Meetings in 2017/18: 

Rosemary Leith (Chair, Non-Executive Director) and Nick Jones (Non-Executive Director)
5

The Remuneration Committee (the “Committee”) develop the Remuneration Policy, which is approved by shareholders. 

The Remuneration Committee operates under Terms of Reference agreed by the whole Board. In 2018, the Terms of Reference were 
updated in line with best-practice guidance.

Details of each Director’s remuneration are presented in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 52 to 54. 

45

 
 
 
 
 
GOVERNANCE REPORT
Corporate Governance Report
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

Nomination Committee

Members:  
Meetings in 2017/18:  

Board of Directors
3

The whole Board acts as the Nomination Committee (the “Committee”), when the need arises. Roger Parry chairs the Committee, 
except when the Committee is dealing with the matter of succession to the Chair. On these occasions, Nick Jones as the Senior 
Independent Director, chairs the Committee. 

The Nomination Committee operates under Terms of Reference agreed by the Board. During 2018, the Terms of Reference of the 
Committee were updated in line with best-practice guidance.

Activities during the year focussed on succession planning, the appointment of two new Executive Directors, and the recruitment of 
two new Non-Executive Directors: 

•  Succession planning: 2017/18 saw a number of changes in the composition of the Board. To support these changes, the Nomination 
Committee reviewed the Board’s succession planning framework and established two sub-committees to focus on roles of Chair and 
CEO. These sub-committees will meet annually to consider succession plans. The first sub-committee meetings are anticipated to take 
place before the end of 2018/19. Additionally, the Board considers the role of Senior Independent Director annually. Succession plans 
for all positions take into consideration the annual Board effectiveness evaluation process.

•  Directors appointments: In assessing candidates for directorship, the Committee considers a wide variety of criteria including 
experience, independence and diversity. In the 2017/18 financial year, the Committee used the services of an external search 
consultant, Korn Ferry, to assist in identifying suitable candidates for Board appointments. For information on the new Directors during 
2017/18, see pages 5 and 43.

Board and Committee attendance 

The following table sets out the attendance of Directors at Board and Committee meetings during 2017/18.

Executive Directors

Stephan Shakespeare

Alex McIntosh1

Sundip Chahal1

Alan Newman2

Doug Rivers2

Non-Executive Directors

Roger Parry

Nick Jones

Ben Elliot

Rosemary Leith

Andrea Newman1

Ashley Martin3

Type

Executive 

Executive

Executive

Executive 

Executive

Non-Executive Chair

Non-Executive

Non-Executive

Non-Executive

Non-Executive

Non-Executive

Note: 
Executive Directors attend Committee meetings by invitation only. 

* Andrea Newman attends Remuneration Committee meetings by invitation only. 

1 Appointed to the Board on 6 December 2017.

2 Retired from the Board on 6 December 2017.

3 Appointed to the Board after the end of the reporting period, on 1 September 2018.

Board

10 of 10

7 of 7

7 of 7

3 of 3

3 of 3

10 of 10

9 of 10

8 of 10

10 of 10

6 of 7

N/A

Audit & Risk 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

2 of 2

1 of 1

5 of 5

3 of 3

1 of 1

3 of 3

5 of 5

3 of 3

N/A

5 of 5

2*

N/A

3 of 3

1 of 1

1 of 1

0 of 2

0 of 2

3 of 3

2 of 3

2 of 3

3 of 3

0 of 1

N/A

46  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

 
Controls and procedures

Key controls and procedures 
The Board maintains full control and direction over appropriate strategic, financial, organisational and compliance issues and has put in 
place an organisational structure with defined lines of responsibility and delegation of authority.

The Board, prior to approval being given, reviews the annual budget and forecasts. This includes the identification and assessment of 
the business risks inherent in the Group as well as the data analysis and media sector as a whole, along with associated financial risks.

The system of internal control is designed to manage rather than eliminate the risk of failure to achieve business objectives in addition 
to providing reasonable but not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. These include controls in relation to the 
financial reporting process and the preparation of consolidated accounts. These procedures have been in place during the financial 
year up to the date of approval of the Annual Report. This process is regularly reviewed by the Board and is in accordance with 
Financial Reporting Council guidance.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

The key procedures include:

•  detailed budgeting programme with an annual budget approved by the Board;

•  regular review by the Board of actual results compared with budget and forecasts;

•  regular reviews by the Board of year-end forecasts;

•  establishment of procedures for acquisitions, capital expenditure and expenditure incurred in the ordinary course of business;

•  detailed budgeting and monitoring of costs incurred on the development of new products;

•  reporting to, and review by, the Board of changes in legislation and practices within the sector and accounting and legal developments 

pertinent to the Group;

•  appointing experienced and suitably qualified staff to take responsibility for key business functions to ensure maintenance of high 

standards of performance; and 

•  appraisal and approval of proposed acquisitions by the Board.

Auditor independence 
The Audit & Risk Committee also undertakes a formal assessment of the auditors’ independence each year, which includes:

•  confirmation of the auditors’ objectivity and independence in the provision of non-audit services to the Group by the use of separate 

teams to provide such services where appropriate;

•  discussion with the auditors of a written report detailing relationships with the Group and any other parties that could affect 

independence or the perception of independence;

•  a review of the auditors’ own procedures for ensuring independence of the audit firm and partners and staff involved in the audit, 

including the regular rotation of the audit partner; and

•  obtaining written confirmation from the auditors that, in their professional judgement, they are independent.

An analysis of the fees payable to the external audit firm in respect of both audit and non-audit services during the year is set out in 
Note 2 to the Financial Statements.

47

 
 
 
GOVERNANCE REPORT
Corporate Governance Report
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

Corporate Social Responsibility

The Board of Directors is committed to delivering high standards of corporate governance and a key element of this is managing 
the Group in a socially responsible way. We want YouGov to be recognised as an organisation that is transparent and ethical in all 
its dealings as well as making a positive contribution to the community in which it operates. We are mindful of the Group’s impact 
on all our stakeholders including employees, panellists, clients, suppliers, shareholders, local communities, wider society and the 
environment. We have in place global and local company policies which outline our expectations for employee behaviour and what 
our employees can expect to receive from us. 

Community
YouGov recognises the importance of respecting and supporting the communities in which it operates, and of making a positive 
contribution to society through its work. Our employees have supported a number of charities and community initiatives during the 
year, including raising funds for a children’s charity in Germany and collecting supplies for a women’s personal health charity in the UK. 

Suppliers
YouGov aims to pay all its suppliers within a reasonable period of their invoices being received and approved, provided that the 
supplier has performed in accordance with the relevant terms and conditions. For the financial year ended 31 July 2018, the Company 
is not required to report on payment practices, policies and performance under Section 3 of Small Business, Enterprise and 
Employment Act 2015.

Privacy
YouGov is an online market research and data analytics Group. The security and privacy of our data is paramount to our business. 
YouGov expects employees, and those who we work with, to exercise high rigour when it comes to safeguarding the data of all 
stakeholders, including personal data.

To reinforce our commitment to the security of data and information, during the year we created the new roles of Group Data 
Protection Officer and Group Information Security Manager. Both roles work closely with our Group Head of Governance, Group Head 
of Legal, Group Head of Infrastructure & System Operations and external advisors to ensure that the Group’s policies and procedures 
are to a high standard befitting a company of our size and activities. We also introduced compulsory data protection and cyber security 
e-learning programmes for all employees in the Group and we monitor the results and completion rates of this training. 

To prepare for the GDPR which came into force in May 2018, YouGov established a cross-functional GDPR Compliance team which led 
an internal compliance programme endorsed by the YouGov Group Board. As part of this programme, the Group’s Data Protection and 
IT Security policies were refreshed, in compliance with GDPR as well as other relevant legislation.

Diversity in the workplace
YouGov is committed to providing a working environment in which its employees are able to realise their potential and to contribute to 
business success irrespective of gender, marital status, ethnic origin, nationality, religion, disability, sexual orientation or age. 

We demonstrated our commitment to diversity in the workplace this year by activities including:

•  voluntarily publishing our first Gender Pay Gap Report in the UK; 

•  implementing a gender neutral recruitment process; 

•  qualifying as a Diversity Champion with Stonewall in the UK; 

•  committing to the Disability Confident employment scheme in the UK;

•  celebrating International Women’s Day in March in our global offices; and

•  celebrating Pride Week 2018 in our London office.

To view our Gender Pay Gap Information Report for 2018, please visit yougov.co.uk/about/investors/corporate-responsibility.

48  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Engagement with panellists
YouGov’s panel is our largest stakeholder group – at over 6 million individuals globally – and is essential to our success. Engaged, 
diverse and opinionated panellists are key to our business. Keeping panellists engaged is central to what we do, and we have a global 
Panel team dedicated to doing just that. We work to continually improve the panellist experience, such as: 

•  investing in new technology to ensure that when a panellist cashes in the points earned for sharing their opinion, they receive their 

reward within hours; and

•  developing a highly effective system of alerting panellists when their opinion “becomes the news”. We are fortunate that our research 
is widely covered in international media, which allows us to tell panellists that they are contributing to the global debate on issues 
of importance.

Employee involvement
Our employees are an integral part of our business. We realise that engaged and informed employees are productive employees. 
We recognise the benefits of keeping employees informed on matters which affect them and the wider business, such as financial 
factors impacting the performance of the Company and developments in the industry. Leaders within the business regularly present 
at regional “All Hands” meetings to raise awareness throughout the business of the different operations. The London office’s monthly 
“All Hands” meetings are available via web conferencing for all employees working at home or in other global offices.

Details of how employees are kept engaged in the financial and economic factors are outlined in the Directors’ Report on page 55.

Employee wellbeing
YouGov is committed to ensuring that our employees have a strong sense of support and wellbeing at work. It is our mission to 
achieve a valued and productive workforce by implementing a culture of care, increasing employees’ skills and building the outlook 
required to deal with the pressures of the modern workplace. We recognise that many individuals have various responsibilities at 
home, or complicated commutes, so we offer remote working as standard in many roles, so long as it does not affect business 
needs. This often enables employees to achieve a better work/life balance than the traditional 9-to-5 office hours, which in turn 
increases productivity.

Health and safety
YouGov takes all reasonable and practicable steps to safeguard the health, safety and welfare of its employees. We recognise 
our responsibility for the health and safety of those who may be effected by our activities, and take care to operate in a safe and 
secure manner.

Ethical behaviour
YouGov expects its employees to exercise high professional, ethical and moral standards at all times whilst representing the Group. 
The Group maintains an awareness of human rights issues and observance of pertinent law and we reflect this in our suite of policies; 
these include an Anti-Bribery Policy and Whistleblowing Procedure. 

Our statement on Modern Slavery in our supply chain is available at yougov.co.uk/about/investors/modern-slavery-act-statement.

Environment
YouGov recognises that the prudent use of resources delivers both environmental and financial benefits. We aim to promote the 
maintenance of a healthy environment through responsible and sustainable consumption. Our operations are predominantly office 
based and here we try to minimise our impacts where practicable.

As part of this policy, we undertake:

•  that all waste is stored and disposed of responsibly, and recycled where possible;

•  that paper used comes from reputable managed forests;

•  to comply with the relevant packaging and waste regulations; and

•  to minimise air travel by utilising conference and video calling technology when appropriate.

49

 
 
 
GOVERNANCE REPORT
Remuneration Report 
for the year ended 31 July 2018

The Remuneration Committee sets the strategy, structure and levels of remuneration for the Executive Directors and also reviews 
the remuneration of senior management. It does so in the context of aligning the financial interests of the Executive Directors, 
management and employees with the achievement of the Group’s stated strategic objectives.

As an AIM-listed company, YouGov is not obliged to comply with the remuneration reporting requirements for companies as set 
out in The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013. However, the 
Remuneration Committee has taken note of those elements of the Regulations which it considers are appropriate to the Company and 
certain disclosures in this section reflect the requirements of the regulations.

Directors’ Remuneration Policy

Policy on remuneration of Non-Executive Directors 
The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors is set by the Board as a whole. The Board of Directors believes that ownership of the 
Company’s shares by Non-Executive Directors helps to align their interests with those of the Company’s shareholders. Accordingly, 
the Company’s policy is that a proportion of each Non-Executive’s fee will be paid in the form of ordinary shares in lieu of cash, save if 
the Non-Executive Director has an existing substantial shareholding. During the year, £20,000 of the Chair’s fee and £5,000 of the other 
Non-Executives’ fees, were paid in shares; this amounted to 10,191 shares in total (2017: 12,174 shares) as detailed in the following table:

Name

Roger Parry

Nick Jones

Ben Elliot

Rosemary Leith

Andrea Newman

Ashley Martin*

Title

Non-Executive Chair

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Shares issued

5,095

1,274

1,274

1,274

1,274

–

* Appointed to the Board after the end of the reporting period, on 1 September 2018.

Policy on remuneration of Executive Directors 
The Remuneration Committee reviews the performance of Executive Directors and sets the scale and structure of their remuneration 
and the basis of their service agreements with due regard to the interests of shareholders. In determining that remuneration, the 
Remuneration Committee seeks to offer a competitive remuneration structure to maintain the high calibre of its Executive Board. 
The Committee believes that maintaining the Group’s business growth and profit record requires an overall compensation policy with 
a strong performance-related element.

External appointments 
Executive Directors are permitted to serve on other Boards. No Executive Director received any remuneration in the year in respect 
of their external Non-Executive appointments.

Components
The main components of the Executive Directors’ remuneration are: 

1. Basic salary 
Basic salary for each Director is determined by the Remuneration Committee taking into account the performance of the individual 
and external market data. The Committee’s policy is to review salaries annually.

2. Bonus scheme 
The Remuneration Committee sets bonus targets linked to the Group’s stated strategy and tailored to each Director’s individual role. 
These include financial and non-financial objectives. It assesses their overall performance against those indicators and generally in 
determining the level of bonus payable.

The Remuneration Committee adopted a bonus scheme for the Executive Directors for the 2017/18 year. This annual bonus scheme 
is focussed on the achievement of the Group’s short-term objectives and is designed to complement the LTIP 2014 which is focussed 
on the achievement of the Group’s long-term objectives. The cash award values for 2017/18 are stated in this Remuneration Report on 
page 52.

3. Shares
The Board believes that share ownership by Executive Directors strengthens the link between their personal interests and those of 
the shareholders in respect of shareholder value. It therefore established long-term incentive plans designed to reflect an individual 
manager’s contribution to long-term value creation. 

50  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Long Term Incentive Plan 2014 (“LTIP 2014”)
The current Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP 2014”) took effect from 1 August 2014. The participants are the Executive Directors and a 
small group of senior managers whom the Board considers have a key role to play in the delivery of YouGov’s strategic plans. The plan 
is designed to reward the participants for the achievement of highly demanding earnings per share growth targets over the five-year 
period ending 31 July 2019. 

Under the rules of this plan, participants are to be conditionally awarded nil cost options to acquire shares (or conditional stock 
awards, if US residents). The awards are to be granted in three equal tranches over 2015/16 to 2017/18. Receipt of an award in each 
of these years is dependent upon the achievement of specific and demanding personal targets set for that individual in the previous 
financial year. 

The award vesting conditions include earnings per share growth targets and an operating profit margin target (detailed below) and the 
Remuneration Committee’s assessment of the Group’s underlying financial performance over the plan period. 

Vesting of awards is dependent on the Group achieving the targets for compound earnings per share growth in the plan period as set 
out in the table below:

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Five-year EPS CAGR1

Below 10%

10%

15%

25%

% of award vesting

Nil

15%

30%

100%

1.  EPS is defined as the adjusted earnings per share calculated in accordance with the Group’s accounts (i.e. excluding the amortisation of intangible assets, share-based payments and other 

separately reported items).

Vesting of awards is also dependent on the Group’s average operating margin being at least 12% over the five-year period (average 
operating margin is the average of the adjusted operating profit, as defined in the accounts, divided by the revenue with each year’s 
margin percentage being calculated first). If this underpin condition is not achieved, the shares awarded will not vest. If it is met, then 
the five-year earnings per share growth performance will be assessed against the targets set out in the table above.

The maximum total number of shares to be awarded to each participant over the five years of the plan is based on a percentage of 
their salary in the year ended 31 July 2015 and the share price at the start of the plan; the percentage levels vary by participant, as set 
out in the table below:

Role

Chief Executive Officer

Executive Directors

Senior Managers 

Maximum cumulative award after five years as % of salary in FY15

850% 

500%

Between 150% and 250%

In addition, the Chief Executive Officer is entitled to an enhanced award if the Company’s share price grows by more than 200% over 
the five-year period and if the other vesting conditions are also met in full. This additional award equates to 255% of his annual salary in 
the year ended 31 July 2015. The combined maximum potential award for the Chief Executive Officer is thus 1105% of his annual salary. 
This award was granted in full (as a single tranche) during the year. 

2,330,975 share options were granted under the LTIP 2014 in the year ended 31 July 2018. These included conditional awards to the 
Executive Directors of the Company, as set out in the below Annual Report on Remuneration.

Deferred Share Bonus Plan 2014 (“DSBP 2014”)
A Deferred Share Bonus Plan was established in 2014, for senior managers in the Group who do not participate in the new LTIP. 
This plan entitles participants to an award of shares which must be retained for a period of two years and whose vesting is subject 
to their continued employment during that time. The value of the award will be linked to the assessment of performance made in 
determining their annual bonus. The maximum award level will normally be 10% of basic salary. As distinct from the new LTIP, awards 
of DSBP shares may be made annually. 

152,012 share options were granted under the DSBP 2014 in the year ended 31 July 2018, none of which were granted to Executive 
Directors of the Company. 

51

 
 
 
GOVERNANCE REPORT
Remuneration Report
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

Long Term Incentive Plan 2009 (“LTIP 2009”)
In the financial years 2008/9 to 2013/14, the Executive Directors and senior managers of the Company and its subsidiaries were 
eligible to participate in the Long Term Incentive Plan established in 2009. 

Under the rules of this plan, participants are conditionally awarded nil cost options to acquire shares (or conditional stock awards, 
if US residents). The number of such shares awarded is normally calculated by reference to a percentage of the participant’s salary 
and the Company’s closing share price for an appropriate reference period. The shares subject to the awards are to be released to 
the recipients at the end of a holding period, normally three years, subject to their continued employment (with exceptions in certain 
circumstances). The performance criteria attached to these awards relate to earnings per share growth and total shareholder return 
(“TSR”) versus companies in the AIM Media Index.

The conditions applying to the last round of the LTIP 2009 awards, which were granted in 2013/2014, were met in full, and 
consequently these awards vested in full, in November 2016.

No share options were granted under the LTIP 2009 in the year ended 31 July 2018.

Long Term Incentive Plan 2019 (“LTIP 2019”)
The Board is currently developing its next five-year strategic plan (for the period from 1 August 2018 to 31 July 2023) and the next long-
term share incentive plan to run alongside it (tentatively called the “LTIP 2019”). The details of the new five-year plan, and the proposed 
new share incentive plan, will be shared with the Company’s major shareholders in the spring of 2019. Should the new incentive plan 
be implemented, it is intended for the plan disclosures to include detail on Executive Director personal objectives and Company 
targets for the achievement of awards under the plan.

Annual Report on Remuneration

A resolution will be put to the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 12 December 2018, inviting them to consider 
and approve this report. The Remuneration Report is unaudited, except where stated. This is not a remuneration report as defined by 
Company Law.

The total aggregate remuneration (including benefits-in-kind and pension contributions) paid to the Directors by all members of the 
Group for the year ended 31 July 2018 amounted to £1,860,700 (2017: £1,727,000).

Directors’ remuneration (audited)
Directors’ remuneration in aggregate for the year ended 31 July 2018 was as follows:

Name

Executive Directors

Stephan Shakespeare

Alex McIntosh*

Sundip Chahal*

Alan Newman**

Doug Rivers**

Non-Executive Directors

Roger Parry

Nick Jones

Ben Elliot

Rosemary Leith

Andrea Newman*

Ashley Martin***

Totals

Salary
£

256,903

120,349

137,513

328,746

97,876

100,000

42,000

35,000

42,000

19,577

–

Annual
bonus
£

Pension
contribution
£

Benefits-in- 
kind
£

258,589

121,732

144,838

–

97,876

–

–

–

–

–

–

10,616

1,996

10,821

–

10,628

–

–

–

–

–

–

40,226i

793ii

29,125iii

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total
31 July 
2018
£

566,334

244,870

322,297

328,746

206,380

Total
31 July
 2017
£

504,795

–

–

415,642

606,898

100,000

100,000

42,000

35,000

42,000

19,577

–

35,000

30,000

35,000

–

–

1,179,964

623,035

34,061

70,144

1,907,204

1,727,335

* Appointed to the Board on 6 December 2017.

** Retired from the Board on 6 December 2017.

*** Appointed to the Board after the end of the reporting period, on 1 September 2018.

i The benefit-in-kind received consists of private health care, family travel allowance and living accommodation allowance.

ii The benefit-in-kind received consists of private health care.

iii The benefit-in-kind received consists of private health care, family travel allowance and dependants’ school fees allowance.

52  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

In the year ended 31 July 2017, the remuneration paid to Stephan Shakespeare, Alan Newman and Doug Rivers included bonus 
payments of £252,718, £209,771 and £297,916 respectively.

Directors’ share options (audited)
The following unexercised nil cost options over shares were held by Directors:

Plan

Date of grant

Stephan Shakespeare

Earliest  
exercise date

Expiry 
date

Number at  
31 July 2017

Awarded  
in year

Exercised  
in year

Number at  
31 July 2018

LTIP 2009

7 April 2014

17 October 2016

6 April 2024

LTIP 2014

9 December 2015*

14 October 2019

8 December 2025

LTIP 2014

9 December 2015

14 October 2019

8 December 2025

262,185

544,976

575,253

LTIP 2014

17 November 2016 14 October 2019

16 November 2026

605,529

–

–

–

–

LTIP 2014

12 December 2017 14 October 2019

11 December 2027

–

1,987,943

605,530

605,530

Alex McIntosh

LTIP 2009

29 July 2010

15 October 2012

28 July 2020

LTIP 2009

21 July 2011

14 October 2013

20 July 2021

LTIP 2009

30 July 2012

13 October 2014

29 July 2022

LTIP 2009

7 April 2014

17 October 2016

6 April 2024

LTIP 2014

9 December 2015

14 October 2019

8 December 2025

LTIP 2014

17 November 2016 14 October 2019

16 November 2026

LTIP 2014

12 December 2017 14 October 2019

11 December 2027

LTIP 2014

3 April 2018

14 October 2019

11 December 2027

Sundip Chahal

LTIP 2014

9 December 2015

14 October 2019

8 December 2025

LTIP 2014

17 November 2016 14 October 2019

16 November 2026

LTIP 2014

12 December 2017 14 October 2019

11 December 2027

LTIP 2014

3 April 2018

14 October 2019

11 December 2027

Alan Newman**

LTIP 2014

9 December 2015

14 October 2019

8 December 2025

LTIP 2014

17 November 2016 14 October 2019

16 November 2026

LTIP 2014

12 December 2017 14 October 2019

11 December 2027

Doug Rivers**

LTIP 2014

9 December 2015

14 October 2019

8 December 2025

LTIP 2014

17 November 2016 14 October 2019

16 November 2026

LTIP 2014

12 December 2017 14 October 2019

11 December 2027

* LTIP 2014 CEO’s enhanced award, as described on page 51. 

** Retired from the Board on 6 December 2017.

14,527

17,500

15,326

11,517

86,486

86,486

–

–

231,842

120,412

120,412

–

–

240,824

295,664

295,664

–

591,328

332,491

332,491

–

664,982

–

–

–

–

–

–

86,487

191,291

277,778

–

–

120,411

204,748

325,159

–

–

295,663

295,663

–

–

332,492

332,492

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

262,185

544,976

575,253

605,529

605,530

2,593,473

14,527

17,500

15,326

11,517

86,486

86,486

86,487

191,291

509,620

120,412

120,412

120,411

204,748

565,983

295,664

295,664

295,663

886,991

332,491

332,491

332,492

997,474

53

 
 
 
GOVERNANCE REPORT
Remuneration Report
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

Statement of Directors’ Shareholding and Share Interests

Share options with performance conditions

Stephan  
Shakespeare

2,593,473

Share awards without performance conditions

–

Alex  
McIntosh

509,620

–

Sundip  
Chahal

565,983

–

Alan
Newman

886,991

–

Doug 
Rivers

997,474

–

Scheme interests in shares

2,593,473

509,620

565,983

886,991

997,474

Vested but unexercised share options

Shares beneficially owned

Total interest in shares

262,185

7,417,556

10,273,214

58,870

8,918

518,538

–

293,164

859,147

–

–

528,832*

988,135*

1,415,823

1,985,609

* As at 6 December 2017, the date of retirement from the Board.

Directors’ service contracts 
The table below summarises key details in respect of each Director’s contract. 

Executive Directors

Stephan Shakespeare

Alex McIntosh

Sundip Chahal

Alan Newman*

Doug Rivers*

Title

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Chief Operating Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Chief Scientist

Contract date

18 April 2005

21 March 2018

21 March 2018

5 June 2009

7 August 2007

Notice period

12 months

6 months

6 months

6 months

90 days

Non-Executive Directors

Title

Date of initial appointment

Notice period

Roger Parry

Nick Jones

Ben Elliot

Rosemary Leith

Andrea Newman

Ashley Martin

Non-Executive Chair

6 February 2007

Non-Executive Director

2 June 2009

Non-Executive Director

2 August 2010

Non-Executive Director

1 February 2015

Non-Executive Director

6 December 2017

Non-Executive Director

1 September 2018

30 days

30 days

30 days

30 days

30 days

30 days

* Retired from the Board on 6 December 2017.

Save as set out above, there are no existing or proposed service contracts between any of the Directors serving at 31 July 2018 and the 
Company or any member of the Company.

Directors’ conflicts of interest
The Company has procedures in place to monitor and manage Directors’ conflicts of interest. The Directors are required to declare 
their interests and connected persons on an annual basis (and additionally when there is change) and the Company Secretary 
maintains a register of said interests. The Company’s Articles of Association permit the Board to authorise declared conflicts of interest; 
and Directors may excuse themselves from decisions when they are concerned about a conflict or potential conflict. 

Save as disclosed, no Director has or has had any interest in any transaction which is or was unusual in its nature or conditions or 
which is or was significant in relation to the business of the Company and which was effected by the Company either: (i) during the 
current or immediately preceding financial year; or (ii) during any earlier financial year and which remains in any aspect outstanding 
or unperformed.

54  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Directors’ Report 
for the year ended 31 July 2018 

The Directors present their report and the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended 31 July 2018.

Operating results
The financial and operational performance of the Group is discussed on page 1.

Financial summary
The financial summary is discussed on pages 29 to 34 of the Chief Financial Officer’s report.

Key performance indicators
Performance measured against key performance indicators is discussed on page 29.

Principal risks and uncertainties
The principal risks and uncertainties are discussed on pages 36 and 37.

Financial risks
The financial risks facing the Group are discussed in more detail in Note 20 on pages 101 to 103.

Dividends
A final dividend of 2.0p per share in respect of the year ended 31 July 2017 was paid on 11 December 2017, amounting to a total 
payment of £2,106,340. A dividend of 3.0p per share in respect of the year ended 31 July 2018, amounting to a total payment of 
£3,164,754 will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting on 12 December 2018.

Prospects
The Board’s assessment of the Company’s position and prospects are set out in the Chair’s statement on pages 4 to 5, the Chief 
Executive Officer’s review on pages 26 to 28 and the Chief Financial Officer’s report on pages 29 to 34.

Future developments
Future developments are discussed in more detail in the Chief Executive Officer’s review on pages 26 to 28.

Events after the reporting date
On 21 August 2018, YouGov plc acquired InConversation Media Limited. Details of this transaction are disclosed within Note 27 on 
page 107.

On 6 September 2018, YouGov plc completed a transaction with Crunch.io, Inc. Details of this transaction are disclosed within Note 27 
on page 107.

Directors
The Directors of the Company who were in office during the year and at any point up to the date of signing this report were:

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Name

Title

Stephan Shakespeare

Chief Executive Officer

Alex McIntosh

Sundip Chahal

Alan Newman

Doug Rivers

Roger Parry 

Nick Jones

Ben Elliot

Rosemary Leith

Andrea Newman

Ashley Martin

Chief Financial Officer

Chief Operating Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Chief Scientist

Non-Executive Chair

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive Director

Role

Executive

Executive

Executive

Executive

Executive

Non-Executive

Non-Executive

Non-Executive

Non-Executive

Non-Executive

Appointed 6 December 2017

Appointed 6 December 2017

Retired 6 December 2017

Retired 6 December 2017

Appointed 6 December 2017

Non-Executive Director

Non-Executive 

Appointed 1 September 2018

55

 
 
 
GOVERNANCE REPORT
Directors’ Report
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

Treasury shares
The total number of shares in treasury at 31 July 2018 was nil (2017: nil).

Directors’ interests in shares 
The interests of the Directors in the shares of the Company as at 31 July 2018 and 31 July 2017 were as follows: 

As at 31 July 2018
Number of shares

As at 31 July 2017
Number of shares

Stephan Shakespeare1

Alex McIntosh2

Sundip Chahal2

Alan Newman3

Doug Rivers3

Roger Parry

Nick Jones

Ben Elliot

Rosemary Leith

Andrea Newman2

Ashley Martin4

7,417,556

8,918

293,164

–

–

94,961

21,844

21,844

10,695

1,274

–

7,417,556

28,799

292,921

528,832

988,135

89,685

20,570

20,570

9,421

–

–

¹ Includes 559,404 ordinary shares held by Stephan Shakespeare’s wife, Rosamund Shakespeare. 

² Appointed to the Board on 6 December 2017. 

3 Retired from the Board on 6 December 2017.

4 Appointed to the Board after the end of the reporting period, on 1 September 2018.

There have been no changes to Directors’ interests in shares since the financial year-end. The Directors’ interests in share options are 
detailed in the Remuneration Report on pages 53 and 54.

Major shareholders
At 31 July 2018, the Company was aware of the following interests in 3% or more of the nominal value of the Company’s shares:

Shareholder

Liontrust Asset Management

BlackRock

Aberdeen Standard Investments

T Rowe Price Global Investments

Octopus Investments

Stephan & Rosamund Shakespeare1

Kabouter Management

Investec Wealth & Investment

Charles Stanley

Baillie Gifford

¹ Includes 559,404 ordinary shares held by Stephan Shakespeare’s wife, Rosamund Shakespeare.

Shares

18,565,339

11,650,110

9,076,175

8,088,465

7,511,493

7,417,556¹

7,114,653

6,553,033

4,569,325

4,459,665

Percentage issued  
share capital

17.60

11.04

8.60

7.67

7.12

7.03

6.74

6.21

4.33

4.23

56  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Research and development
The Group’s research and development activities centre on the development of bespoke software solutions to support and advance 
our online capabilities. No research and development costs were charged to the Consolidated Income Statement in either 2018 or 
2017. In 2018, £3.9m (2017: £3.4m) was capitalised and included within intangible fixed assets. Capitalised development is amortised 
to the income statement over a period of three years, the amortisation charge in respect of capitalised development was £3.5m 
(2017: £2.7m).

Charitable and political contributions
Donations to charitable organisations amounted to £97,000 (2017: £84,000). This included an annual subscription of £78,000 
(2017: £78,000) in respect of the YouGov-Cambridge Programme, an academic partnership established with Cambridge University’s 
Department of Politics and International Studies. The Company does not make political donations.

Employee involvement and communication
The Board firmly believes in the importance of keeping employees informed and engaged in the financial and economic factors 
affecting the Group’s performance. Information about the Group’s performance against our five-year plan is shared with employees 
through regular management briefings, newsletters and our global intranet. Employees are encouraged to own shares in the 
Company, and many employees are shareholders and/or hold options under the Group’s share option schemes as part of their 
compensation packages.

For more information about how we involve, engage and communicate with employees, please see page 49.

Insurance 
During the financial year, the Group has maintained Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance. In accordance with Section 236 of the 
Companies Act 2006, qualifying third-party indemnity provisions are in place for the Directors and Company Secretary in respect of 
liabilities incurred because of their office, to the extent permitted by law. This insurance was in force at the date of signing of the Annual 
Report and financial statements.

Going concern
The Group meets its day-to-day working capital requirements through its own cash resources. The nature of the Group’s business 
means that there is some uncertainty as to the future level of demand for the Group’s products. However, the Group’s forecasts and 
projections, taking account of reasonably possible changes in trading performance, show that the Group should be able to continue 
operating without bank finance. After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate 
resources to continue in operational existence for the near future including the 12 months from the date of this report. The Group 
therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis in preparing its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Independent auditors
In accordance with Section 418(2) of the Companies Act 2006, each of the Company’s Directors in office as at the date of this report 
confirms that:

•  so far as the Directors are aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and

•  all steps that ought to have been taken as a Director in order to make himself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish 

that the Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

The Group external auditors are PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. A resolution to reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors to 
the Company will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting of the Company will be held on 12 December 2018 at our offices at 50 Featherstone Street, London 
EC1Y 8RT. 

Tilly Heald
Company Secretary 

On behalf of the Board 

9 October 2018

57

 
 
 
GOVERNANCE
GOVERNANCE REPORT
Directors’ Responsibilities Statement

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities in respect of the Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared 
the Group financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European 
Union and parent company financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted 
by the European Union. Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent company and of the profit or loss of the Group and parent 
company for that period. In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

•  state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the European Union have been followed for the Group financial statements and IFRSs 
as adopted by the European Union have been followed for the Company financial statements, subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and

•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and parent company 

will continue in business.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and parent company and hence for taking reasonable 
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group and parent 
company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and parent company 
and enable them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the parent company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides 
the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and parent company’s position and performance, business model 
and strategy.

Alex McIntosh
Chief Financial Officer 

On behalf of the Board 

9 October 2018

58  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Independent Auditors’ Report to the Members of YouGov plc 
on the Group Financial Statements 

Opinion

In our opinion, YouGov plc’s Group financial statements (the “financial statements”):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 31 July 2018 and of its profit and cash flows for the year then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European 

Union; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts 2018 (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: 
the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as at 31 July 2018; the Consolidated Income Statement and Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, and the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity for the 
year then ended; the accounting policies; and the notes to the financial statements.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section 
of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical 
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach

Overview

Materiality

•  Overall Group materiality: £690,000 (2017: £500,000), based on 3.5% of adjusted operating profit  

(as presented on the face of the Consolidated Income Statement).

Audit scope

•  The focus of the Group team’s work was on the UK and US operations. The Middle East operation was 

also in full scope and we received reporting on the complete financial information from our Middle East 
team. In addition, specified audit procedures were performed in Asia Pacific and by the Group team on 
the German, Nordic and French operations.

•  Capitalisation of internally generated intangible assets.

Key audit 
matters

•  Carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets.

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. 
In particular, we looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates 
that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. 

As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including evaluating whether there was 
evidence of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. 

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial 
statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) 
identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the 
audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures 
thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we 
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

59

 
 
 
 
GOVERNANCE REPORT
Independent Auditors’ Report to the Members of YouGov plc 
on the Group Financial Statements continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Capitalisation of internally generated 
intangible assets
Refer to Principal accounting policies and Note 11.

We focussed on this area because of the significant 
level of judgement by the Directors involved in 
determining whether internal time and external 
costs incurred in respect of internally generated 
intangible assets satisfy the requirements of 
the financial reporting framework (International 
Accounting Standard 38 Intangible assets) to be 
capitalised, including that they are separable from 
the other assets of the business and will provide 
future economic benefits for the Group.

Carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill is an intangible asset that arises on 
the acquisition of a business and reflects the 
portion of the consideration paid which cannot 
be allocated to separately identifiable acquired 
assets. Goodwill is not amortised but tested for 
impairment at least once a year or more frequently 
where there is an indication that it may be impaired. 
The Group has also recognised both acquired and 
internally generated intangible assets. Whilst these 
are amortised over their useful economic life, there 
is a risk that their value may need to impaired, and 
so they are included in the impairment testing.

Determining if an impairment charge is required for 
goodwill and intangible assets involves significant 
judgements about the future results and cash 
flows of the business, including forecast growth in 
future revenues and EBITDA margins, as well as 
determining an appropriate discount factor and 
long-term growth rate.

Management used a Value in Use model to 
compute the present value of forecast future 
cash flows for each cash generating unit (CGU) 
which was then compared to the carrying value 
of the net assets of each CGU (including goodwill 
and intangible assets) to determine if there was 
an impairment.

Management deem the level of cash-generating 
units (CGUs) to be each geographic region. 
This represents the level at which the cash flows of 
the businesses (and goodwill) are monitored and 
therefore this is the level at which management 
performs its impairment assessment.

Management’s impairment assessment has not 
highlighted that any CGUs are impaired.

60  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

We have gained an understanding of the controls and review process over the 
capitalisation of intangibles and tested the control surrounding the approval of 
the IT development budget, which was reviewed by the Board as part of the 
annual business planning process. We considered the feasibility and revenue 
generation of each project with relevant personnel and obtained satisfactory 
explanations for the assumptions made. In order to determine the economic 
feasibility of these products, we have reviewed the revenue streams and 
tested management’s forecasting associated with each of the intangible assets 
to ensure it supports the net book value. We have reviewed management’s 
classification of costs between new projects, improvements and maintenance 
expenditure. We confirmed that time associated with maintenance has been 
appropriately expensed. We have assessed whether any existing assets are 
impaired as a result of new development in the year. We tested that for a 
sample of projects costs capitalised they satisfied the recognition criteria in 
IAS 38. We also tested a sample of internal costs to timesheets and supporting 
payroll records and verified the allocation of employee costs to the correct 
projects and external costs to invoices.

Based on the audit procedures performed, we are satisfied that amounts 
capitalised appropriately reflect the requirements of IAS 38.

We checked and confirmed that the allocation of CGUs to geographic location 
was consistent with internal management reporting.

We reviewed the judgements applied to future forecasts to ensure that these 
included appropriate consideration of historical variances and uncertain 
market conditions. We evaluated and sensitised the Directors’ future cash 
flow projections and evaluated the process by which they were drawn up, 
and tested the underlying value in use calculations.

We evaluated the Board approved cash flow forecasts for each CGU, and 
understood the process by which these were calculated:

−  the revenue and EBITDA growth rates used in the cash flow forecasts by 
comparing them to historical results, economic forecasts and anticipated 
growth in each relevant territory;

−  the discount rate applied, by assessing the cost of capital for the Group and 

comparable organisations; and

 −  the long-term growth rate applied, by comparing management’s rate to 

forecast long-term GDP growth in each territory and industry growth reports.

We found the key assumptions to be reasonable.

We considered the Directors’ potential bias through performance of our 
own sensitivity analysis on key assumptions, to understand the impact of 
reasonable changes in the key assumptions on the available headroom. 
This included sensitising the discount rate applied to the future cash flows, and 
the short and longer-term growth rates and profit margins. In performing these 
sensitivities we considered the historical budgeting accuracy and how the 
assumptions compared to the actual values achieved in prior years and post 
year-end.

With regard to the above procedures, including the reflection of historical 
levels of variance from budget into the future forecasts, we determined that 
the inputs to the value in use model were appropriate. This provided sufficient 
evidence to support the Directors’ assessments that no impairments were 
recognised. The Directors determined that no impairment and no sensitivity 
disclosures were necessary for all CGUs. We found that these judgements 
were supported by reasonable assumptions that would require significant 
downside changes before any impairments were necessary.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements 
as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which 
it operates.

The Group reports its operating results and financial position in eight territories: the UK, USA, Germany, Nordics, Middle East, Asia 
Pacific, France and Mainland Europe. The Group financial statements are a consolidation of the Group’s operating businesses and 
central functions. The Group’s operating reporting units vary significantly in size, the most significant being the UK, US and the Middle 
East. The Group team performed the audits of the UK, USA and the consolidation. We also issued instructions to our Middle East team, 
which included guidance on the areas of focus for the audit. Our Middle East team performed their respective audit, in accordance 
with our instruction, over the complete financial information of the Middle East and we had regular communication with them. We then 
received reporting on the results of their work. In addition, specified audit procedures were performed in Asia Pacific by PwC Hong 
Kong and PwC Singapore and by the Group team for the German, Nordic and French operations.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, 
together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our 
audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, 
both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall Group materiality

£690,000 (2017: £500,000).

How we determined it

3.5% of adjusted operating profit (as presented on the face of the Consolidated Income 
Statement).

Rationale for benchmark applied We believe that adjusted operating profit provides us with a consistent period on period basis 
for determining materiality and eliminates the disproportionate effect of a discrete number of 
items on the benchmark, which was also used last year.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group materiality. 
The range of materiality allocated across components was between £250,000 and £621,000. Certain components were audited 
to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall Group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £34,500 
(2017: £25,000) as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which ISAs (UK) require us to report to you when:

•  the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not appropriate; or 

•  the Directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt about 

the Group’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at least 12 months from the date when the 
financial statements are authorised for issue.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern.

61

 
 
 
GOVERNANCE REPORT
Independent Auditors’ Report to the Members of YouGov plc 
on the Group Financial Statements continued

Reporting on other information

The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report 
thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other 
information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any 
form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are 
required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material 
misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of 
this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies 
Act 2006 have been included. 

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, ISAs (UK) require us also to report 
certain opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report for the year ended 31 July 2018 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements. 

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not identify 
any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. 

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit

Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are 
also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either 
intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

62  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a 
high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, 
they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the parent company’s members as a body in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume 
responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where 
expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Other required reporting

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Other matter

We have reported separately on the parent company financial statements of YouGov plc for the year ended 31 July 2018.

Julian Jenkins (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London

9 October 2018

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

63

 
 
 
 
3

64  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Financial 
statements

66
67 

68
69
70
71

Consolidated Income Statement 
Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
Principal Accounting Policies of the 
Consolidated Financial Statements 
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
Independent Auditors’ Report to the 
Members of YouGov plc Report on the Parent  
Company Financial Statements
111
Parent Company Statement of Financial Position 
112
Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity 
113
Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows 
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements 114

82
108

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

65

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Income Statement 
for the year ended 31 July 2018

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating expenses

Operating profit

Amortisation of intangibles

Other separately reported items

Adjusted operating profit 

Finance income

Finance costs

Share of post-tax profit/(loss) of associates 

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit after taxation

Attributable to:

– Owners of the parent 

– Non-controlling interests

Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share attributable to owners of the parent

Diluted earnings per share attributable to owners of the parent

All operations are continuing.

Note

1

1

2

4

1

5

5

1

6

1

8

8

2018 
£’000

116,559

(21,495)

95,064

(83,306)

11,758

7,024

892

19,674

151

(202)

66

11,773

(3,615)

8,158

8,158

–

8,158

7.7p

7.3p

2017 
£’000

107,048

(21,339)

85,709

(78,152)

7,557

6,483

488

14,528

480

(226)

103

7,914

(3,273)

4,641

4,671

(30)

4,641

4.4p

4.2p

The notes and accounting policies on pages 71 to 107 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

66  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

 
 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 31 July 2018

Profit for the year

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss

Currency translation differences 

Other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to:

– Owners of the parent

– Non-controlling interests

Total comprehensive income for the year

2018 
£’000

8,158

142

142

8,300

8,300

–

8,300

2017 
£’000

4,641

1,159

1,159

5,800

5,830

(30)

5,800

Items in the statement above are disclosed net of tax. The tax relating to each component of other comprehensive income 
is disclosed in Note 19.

The notes and accounting policies on pages 71 to 107 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
as at 31 July 2018

Assets

Non-current assets

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investments in associates

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets 

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Current tax assets

Cash and cash equivalents (excluding bank overdrafts)

Total current assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Current tax liabilities

Contingent consideration

Provisions

Total current liabilities 

Net current assets 

Non-current liabilities

Contingent consideration

Provisions

Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity

Issued share capital

Share premium

Merger reserve

Foreign exchange reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to owners of the parent 

Total equity 

Note

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

10

11

12

13

19

14

15

16

15

17

18

17

18

19

21

21

52,060

13,297

3,037

191

9,434

78,019

34,672

1,442

30,621

66,735

144,754

43,746

11,214

3,278

345

6,054

64,637

30,699

738

23,481

54,918

119,555

34,998

29,389

– 

1,247

1,409

3,791

41,445

25,290

5,110

4,000

2,128

11,238

52,683

92,071

211

31,300

9,239

15,031

36,290

92,071

92,071

262

777

– 

3,749

34,177

20,741

– 

3,222

1,683

4,905

39,082

80,473

211

31,261

9,239

14,889

24,873

80,473

80,473

The notes and accounting policies on pages 71 to 107 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. The financial 
statements on pages 66 to 107 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 9 October 2018 and signed on its behalf by:

Alex McIntosh 
Chief Financial Officer 

YouGov plc 
Registered No. 03607311

68  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 31 July 2018

Attributable to equity holders of the Company

Issued 
share 
capital 
£’000 

Share 
premium 
£’000 

Merger 
reserve
 £’000 

Note

Foreign 
exchange 
reserve 
£’000 

Retained 
earnings 
£’000 

Equity 
attributable 
to owners of 
the parent 
£’000 

Non-
controlling 
interest in 
equity 
£’000 

Total
 equity 
£’000

Balance at 1 August 2016

209

31,086

9,239

13,730

19,795

74,059

30

74,089

Exchange differences on translation

Net gain recognised directly 
in equity 

Profit/(Loss) for the year

Total comprehensive  
income/(expense) for the year

Issue of shares

Dividends paid

Share-based payments

Tax in relation to share-based 
payments

Total transactions with owners 
recognised directly in equity 

21

7

22

19

–

–

–

–

2

–

–

–

2

–

–

–

–

175

–

–

–

175

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,159

1,159

–

–

–

4,671

1,159

1,159

4,671

–

–

(30)

1,159

1,159

4,641

1,159

4,671

5,830

(30)

5,800

–

–

–

–

–

(2)

(1,470)

1,488

391

407

175

(1,470)

1,488

391

584

Balance at 31 July 2017

211

31,261

9,239

14,889

24,873

80,473

Exchange differences on translation

Net gain recognised directly 
in equity

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income  
for the year

Issue of shares

Dividends paid

Share-based payments

Tax in relation to share-based 
payments

Total transactions with owners 
recognised directly in equity

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

39

–

– 

–

39

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

142

142

–

–

–

8,158

142

142

8,158

142

8,158

8,300

–

–

–

–

–

39

(2,106)

(2,106)

3,571

3,571

1,794

1,794

– 

3,259

3,298

Balance at 31 July 2018

211

31,300

9,239

15,031

36,290

92,071

The notes and accounting policies on pages 71 to 107 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

175

(1,470)

1,488

391

584

80,473

142

142

8,158

8,300

39

(2,106)

3,571

1,794

3,298

92,071

69

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
for the year ended 31 July 2018

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit before taxation

Adjustments for:

Finance income

Finance costs

Share of post-tax profit of associates 

Amortisation of intangibles

Depreciation

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets

Profit on the disposal of subsidiary undertakings

Share-based payments

Other non-cash items*

Increase in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade and other payables

Increase in provisions

Cash generated from operations

Interest paid 

Income taxes paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities

Acquisition of subsidiaries (net of cash acquired)

Settlement of deferred consideration

Proceeds from the sale of subsidiary undertakings (net of cash disposed of)

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible assets

Proceeds from sale of plant, property and equipment

Dividends received from associates

Interest received

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from the issue of share capital

Dividends paid to Shareholders

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Exchange gain on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Note

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

 11,773

7,914

 (151)

 202

(66)

 7,026

 1,231

 7

 –

 3,571

(566)

 (2,278)

 2,097

 771

 23,617

 (6)

 (5,501)

 18,110

(695) 

(190) 

– 

(969) 

(7,217) 

5 

220 

28 

(480)

226

(103)

6,508

1,174

7

(94)

1,488

–

(1,531)

2,779

1,026

18,914

(2)

(2,487)

16,425

–

–

150

(843)

(6,968)

–

– 

8

(8,818) 

(7,653)

39

 (2,106)

(2,067) 

7,225 

23,219 

177 

30,621 

175

(1,470)

(1,295)

7,477

15,553

189

23,219

2

2

12

11

15

*  Includes (£1,682,000) in respect of the fair value gain on the acquisition of SMG Insight Limited which is offset by £785,000 of contingent consideration in respect of the Galaxy 

DP Pty Ltd acquisition treated as staff costs.

The notes and accounting policies on pages 71 to 107 form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

70  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Principal Accounting Policies of the Consolidated  
Financial Statements for the year ended 31 July 2018

Nature of operations

YouGov plc and subsidiaries’ (“the Group”) principal activity is the provision of market research.

YouGov plc is the Group’s ultimate parent company. It is incorporated and domiciled in Great Britain. The address of YouGov plc’s 
registered office is 50 Featherstone Street, London EC1Y 8RT United Kingdom. YouGov plc’s shares are listed on the Alternative 
Investment Market of the London Stock Exchange.

YouGov plc’s annual consolidated financial statements are presented in UK Sterling, which is also the functional currency of the 
parent company.

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements of YouGov plc are for the year ended 31 July 2018. They have been prepared under the 
historical cost convention modified for fair values under IFRS. These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRSs as adopted by the EU), 
IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) Interpretations (as adopted by the EU) and the Companies Act 2006 applicable to 
companies reporting under IFRS.

The policies set out below have been consistently applied to all years presented unless otherwise stated.

New standards, amendments and interpretations of existing standards adopted by the Group

The following standards, interpretations and amendments, which do not have a material impact, are mandatory for the first time 
for the financial year beginning 1 August 2017 and are relevant to the preparation of the Group’s financial statements: 

•  Annual improvements 2014 (endorsed for annual periods on or after 1 January 2016); and

•  Amendment to IFRS 11, ‘Joint arrangements’ on acquisition of an interest in a joint operation (effective annual periods beginning 

on or after 1 January 2016).

New standards and interpretations not applied

The following amendments to standards and interpretations are mandatory for the first time for the financial years beginning 
on or after 1 August 2018 and will be relevant to the preparation of the Company’s financial statements.

IFRS 15, ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’: Is a converged standard from the IASB and FASB on revenue recognition. 
The standard will improve the financial reporting of revenue and improve comparability of the top line in financial statements 
globally. This is effective for accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2018. The Group’s evaluation of the effect of the adoption 
of this standard is ongoing, involving a review of its major contracts within each revenue stream. At present it is not anticipated that 
it will have a significant impact on the Group’s revenue accounting policies.

Amendments to IAS 12, ‘Income taxes’: These amendments on the recognition of deferred tax assets for unrealised losses clarify 
how to account for deferred tax assets related to debt instruments measured at fair value. This is effective for accounting periods 
beginning after 1 January 2018.

Amendments to IFRS 2, ‘Share based payments’: This amendment clarifies the measurement basis for cash-settled, share-based 
payments and the accounting for modifications that change an award from cash-settled to equity-settled. It also introduces an 
exception to the principles in IFRS 2 that will require an award to be treated as if it was wholly equity-settled, where an employer 
is obliged to withhold an amount for the employee’s tax obligation associated with a share-based payment and pay that amount 
to the tax authority. This is effective for accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2018.

IFRS 9 ‘Financial instruments’: This standard replaces the guidance in IAS 39. It includes requirements on the classification and 
measurement of financial assets and liabilities; it also includes an expected credit losses model that replaces the current incurred 
loss impairment model. This is effective for accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2018. The Group’s evaluation of the effect 
of the adoption of this standard concluded that the Group’s policy for bad debt provisioning will need to be brought in-line with the 
new standard. As a result it is expected that a small restatement of the bad debt provision as at 31 July 2018 will be required for the 
financial statements for the year ending 31 July 2019.

71

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Principal Accounting Policies of the Consolidated  
Financial Statements for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

IFRS 16, ‘Leases’: This standard replaces the current guidance in IAS 17 and is a far-reaching change in accounting by lessees in 
particular. Under IAS 17, lessees were required to make a distinction between a finance lease (on balance sheet) and an operating 
lease (off-balance sheet). IFRS 16 now requires lessees to recognise a lease liability reflecting future lease payments and a “right-
of-use asset” for virtually all lease contracts. The IASB has included an optional exemption for certain short-term leases and leases 
of low-value assets; however, this exemption can only be applied by lessees. For lessors, the accounting stays almost the same. 
However, as the IASB has updated the guidance on the definition of a lease (as well as the guidance on the combination and 
separation of contracts), lessors will also be affected by the new standard. At the very least, the new accounting model for lessees 
is expected to impact negotiations between lessors and lessees. Under IFRS 16, a contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract 
conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. This is effective for 
accounting periods beginning after 1 January.

Annual improvements 2014–2016: These amendments impact three standards:

•  IFRS 1, ‘First-time adoption of IFRS’, regarding the deletion of short term exemptions for first-time adopters regarding IFRS 7, 

IAS 19, and IFRS 10 effective 1 January 2018; and

•  IAS 28, ‘Investments in associates and joint ventures’ regarding measuring an associate or joint venture at fair value, effective 

1 January 2018.

These amendments are not yet endorsed by the EU.

IFRIC 22, ‘Foreign currency transactions and advance consideration’: This IFRIC addresses foreign currency transactions or parts of 
transactions where there is consideration that is denominated or priced in a foreign currency. The interpretation provides guidance 
for when a single payment/receipt is made as well as for situations where multiple payments/receipts are made. The guidance 
aims to reduce diversity in practice. This is effective for accounting periods beginning after 1 January 2018 although has not yet 
been endorsed by the EU.

Management will assess the impact on the Group of these standards prior to the effective date of implementation. There are 
no IFRSs or IFRIC interpretations that are not yet effective that would be expected to have a material impact on the Group for the 
financial year beginning 1 August 2018. Management will assess the impact on the Group of these standards prior to the effective 
date of implementation. There are no other IFRSs or IFRIC interpretations that are not yet effective that would be expected to have 
a material impact on the Group.

Basis of consolidation

The Group financial statements consolidate the Company and all of its subsidiary undertakings (see Note 13) drawn up to 31 July 
2018. Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, 
or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power 
to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. 
They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. 

All intra-Group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated in full on consolidation. Amounts reported in the 
financial statements of subsidiaries have been adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the accounting policies 
adopted by the Group.

Acquisitions of subsidiaries are dealt with by the acquisition method. The acquisition method involves the recognition at fair value 
of all identifiable assets and liabilities, including contingent liabilities of the subsidiary, at the acquisition date, regardless of whether 
or not they were recorded in the financial statements of the subsidiary prior to acquisition. On initial recognition, the assets and 
liabilities of the subsidiary are included in the consolidated statement of financial position at their fair values, which are also used 
as the basis for subsequent measurement in accordance with the Group accounting policies. Goodwill is stated after separating 
out identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition cost over the fair value of the Group’s share of the 
identifiable net assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. Acquisition-related costs are charged to the income 
statement in the period in which they are incurred.

The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests as transactions with parties external to the Group. Disposals to non-
controlling interests result in gains and losses for the Group that are recorded in the Statement of Changes in Equity. Purchases of 
non-controlling interests are recognised directly in reserves, being the difference between any consideration paid and the relevant 
share acquired of the carrying value of net assets of the subsidiary.

Associates and joint ventures

Entities whose economic activities are controlled jointly by the Group and by other venturers independent of the Group are 
accounted for using the equity method. Associates are those entities over which the Group has significant influence (defined 
as the power to participate in the financial and operating decisions of the investee but not control or joint control over those 
policies) but which are neither subsidiaries nor interests in joint ventures. The results and assets and liabilities of associates and 
joint ventures are incorporated in these Consolidated Financial Statements using the equity method of accounting, under which 

72  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

investments in associates and investments in joint ventures are carried in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at cost 
as adjusted for post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of net assets of the associate or joint venture less any impairment 
in the value of individual investments. The Group’s share of its associates’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in the 
Consolidated Income Statement, and its share of post-acquisition movements in other comprehensive income is recognised in 
other comprehensive income.

However, when the Group’s share of losses in an associate or joint venture equals or exceeds its interest in the associate or joint 
venture, including any unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or 
made payments on behalf of the associate or joint venture. If the associate or joint venture subsequently reports profits, the Group 
resumes recognising its share of those profits only after its share of the profits equals the share of losses not recognised.

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associates or joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s 
interests in the associates or joint ventures. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an 
impairment of the asset transferred. Amounts reported in the financial statements of associates and joint ventures have been 
adjusted where necessary to ensure consistency with the accounting policies adopted by the Group.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Segmental analysis

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. 
The chief operating decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating 
segments, has been identified as the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors (which is the “chief operating decision-maker”) primarily reviews information based on product lines, Custom 
Research, Data Products and Data Services, with supplemental geographical information. As a result, product lines form the basis 
for the segmental reporting with supplemental geographical information also provided.

Revenue

Revenue is measured by reference to the fair value of consideration received or receivable by the Group for services provided, 
excluding Value Added Tax and trade discounts. Accrued income is the difference between the revenue recognised and the 
amounts actually invoiced to customers. Where invoicing exceeds the amount of revenue recognised, these amounts are included 
in deferred income.

Market research

Revenue arises from the provision of market research services. Within this revenue stream are syndicated and non-syndicated 
services. Data Products revenue streams are mainly syndicated services whilst Omnibus and Custom Research revenue streams 
are mainly non-syndicated services.

Syndicated services

Syndicated services are the consistent provision of data over a specified period of time. Revenue is recognised from the point in 
time at which access passwords have been made available to the customer. Revenue is recognised in equal monthly instalments 
over the life of the contract.

Non-syndicated services

Non-syndicated services vary in size and complexity. Revenue is recognised on each contract in proportion to the level of 
services performed by reference to the project manager’s estimates and time records against budgeted and assigned resource. 
Revenue is recognised on long-term contracts, if the outcome can be assessed with reasonable certainty, by including in the 
income statement revenue and related costs as contract activity progresses based on the stage of completion.

Media buying

Where the Group acts as an agent, the revenue recorded is the net amount retained when the fee or commission is earned. 
Although the Group may bear credit risk in respect of these activities, the arrangements with clients are such that the Group 
considers that it is acting as an agent. In such cases, costs incurred with external suppliers (such as media suppliers) which 
are passed on to customers are excluded from the Group’s revenue.

Non-cash transactions

The Group enters into contracts for the provision of market research services in exchange for advertising rather than for cash 
or other consideration. When barter transactions are agreed, the value of the work provided to the counterparty is equal in value 
to that which would be provided in an ordinary cash transaction. As required by IAS 18 the value of advertising receivable in all 
significant barter transactions is measured at the fair value of the services provided.

73

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Principal Accounting Policies of the Consolidated  
Financial Statements for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

Provisions

Provisions are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position when a Group company has a present obligation 
(legal or constructive) as a result of a past event; it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be 
required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The amount recognised as 
a provision is the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the reporting date.

If the effect is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. 

Staff gratuity costs

The staff gratuity provision is a statutory obligation under UAE labour law, whereby each employee on termination of their contract 
is due a payment dependent upon their number of years of service and nature of the termination. The liability is based on the 
estimated cash outflow based on historical experience of rates of resignation and redundancy. 

Panel incentive costs

The Group invites consumer panel members to fill out surveys in return for a cash or points-based incentive. Although these 
amounts are not paid until a predetermined target value has accrued on a panellist’s account, an assessment of incentives likely to 
be paid (present obligation) is made taking into account past panellist behaviour and is recognised as a cost of sale in the period in 
which the service is provided. This assessment takes into account the expected savings from the prize draw offered  
in various territories.

Interest income/expense

The Group receives interest income for cash funds that are held on short-term instant access deposit. Where interest receipts 
are received after the balance sheet date, the interest due is accrued for the requisite period at the prevailing rate on the deposit.

Interest expense is recognised using the effective interest method, which calculates the amortised cost of a financial liability and 
allocates the interest over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash 
receipts through the expected life of the financial asset to the net carrying amount of the financial asset.

Separately reported items

The Group’s Income Statement separately identifies items that are in the Directors’ judgement are one-off in nature or need to 
be disclosed separately by virtue of their size and incidence. In determining whether an item or transaction should be separately 
identified, the Directors consider quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as the frequency, predictability of occurrence and 
significance. This is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Board. 
Separately reported items may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. Disclosing certain 
items separately provides additional understanding of the performance of the Group. Examples include acquisition costs and 
restructuring costs.

Taxation

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet 
date in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income. Management periodically 
evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulation is subject to interpretation. 
It establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income taxes are calculated using the liability method on temporary differences. Deferred tax is generally provided on 
the difference between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. However, deferred tax is not provided 
on the initial recognition of goodwill, nor on the initial recognition of an asset or liability unless the related transaction is a business 
combination or affects tax or accounting profit. Deferred tax on temporary differences associated with shares in subsidiaries and 
joint ventures is not provided if reversal of these temporary differences can be controlled by the Group and it is probable that 
reversal will not occur in the foreseeable future. In addition, tax losses available to be carried forward as well as other income 
tax credits to the Group are assessed for recognition as deferred tax assets.

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that the underlying deductible temporary differences will be 
able to be offset against future taxable income. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are calculated at tax rates that are expected 
to apply to their respective period of realisation, provided they are enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. 
The deferred tax provision is held at its current value and not discounted.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current 
tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its 
current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis.

74  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Changes in deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognised as a component of tax expense in the consolidated income statement, 
except where they relate to items that are charged or credited directly to equity or other comprehensive income, in which case 
the related deferred tax is also charged or credited directly to equity or other comprehensive income.

Dividends

Dividends are recognised when the shareholders’ right to receive payment is established.

Goodwill

Goodwill representing the excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets 
acquired is capitalised and reviewed annually, or if indications of impairment exist, for impairment. Goodwill is carried at cost less 
accumulated impairment losses. If the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities 
of the acquired entity exceeds the cost of the business combination the excess is recognised immediately in the Consolidated 
Income Statement.

On disposal of a business, goodwill is allocated based on calculated fair value of assets disposed and included in the calculation 
of the profit or loss on disposal.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets represent identifiable non-monetary assets without physical substance. Intangible assets are valued at either 
their directly attributable costs or using valuation methods such as discounted cash flows and replacement cost in the case of 
acquired intangible assets. The Directors estimate the useful economic life of each asset and use these estimates in applying 
amortisation rates. The Directors periodically review useful economic life estimates. Intangible assets are stated at cost net of 
amortisation and any provision for impairment. The Directors conduct an impairment review of intangible assets for assets with an 
indefinite life annually, or if indications of impairment exist. Where impairment arises, losses are recognised in the Consolidated 
Income Statement. Amortisation of intangible assets is shown on the face of the consolidated income statement, except for the 
amortisation of panel incentive costs incurred in product development, which is recognised in cost of sales.

Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination

In accordance with IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’, an intangible asset acquired in a business combination is deemed to have 
a cost to the Group of its fair value at the acquisition date. The fair value of the intangible asset reflects market expectations 
about the probability that the future economic benefits embodied in the asset will flow to the Group. Where an intangible asset 
might be separable, but only together with a related tangible or intangible asset, the Group of assets is recognised as a single 
asset separately from goodwill where the individual fair values of the assets in the Group are not reliably measurable. Where the 
individual fair value of the complementary assets is reliably measurable, the Group recognises them as a single asset provided 
the individual assets have similar useful lives. Intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination are typically amortised 
using the straight-line method over the following periods:

Intangible asset

Software and software development

Customer contracts and lists

Patents and trademarks

Intangible assets generated internally

Amortisation period

3 – 5 years

10 – 11 years

5 – 15 years

Internally generated intangible assets are only capitalised where they meet all of the following criteria stipulated by IAS 38:

•  completion of the intangible asset is technically feasible so that it will be available for use or sale;

•  the Group intends to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;

•  the Group has the ability to use or sell the intangible asset;

•  the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits. Among other things, this requires that there is a market 
for the output from the intangible asset or for the intangible asset itself, or, if it is to be used internally, the asset will be used 
in generating such benefits;

•  there are adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible 

asset; and

•  the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development can be measured reliably.

Internally generated intangible assets are staff costs that are capitalised at their directly attributable cost. Development costs not 
meeting the criteria for capitalisation are expensed as incurred. Development costs previously recognised as an expense are not 
recognised as an asset in subsequent periods.

75

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Principal Accounting Policies of the Consolidated  
Financial Statements for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

Internally generated intangible assets are amortised from the moment at which they become available for use. Amortisation rates 
applicable to internally generated intangible assets are typically:

Intangible asset

Software and software development

Patents and trademarks

Development costs

Consumer panel

Amortisation period

3 years

not amortised

2 – 5 years

The consumer panel is the core asset from which the Group’s online revenues are generated.

Where a consumer panel or list is acquired as part of a business combination the cost of the asset is recognised at its fair value 
to the Group at the date of acquisition. The fair value is calculated by management using a discounted cash flow model. 

Consumer panel costs reflect the direct cost of recruiting new panel members. Consumer panel costs are split between 
enhancement and maintenance of the asset. Enhancement costs are capitalised whilst maintenance costs are expensed. 
Amortisation is charged to write off the panel acquisition costs over a three-year period, this being the Directors’ estimate 
of the average active life of a panellist.

Software and software development

Capitalised software includes our survey and panel management software and other items including the YouGov BrandIndex 
platform, which are key tools of the Group’s business. Software and software development also include purchased off-the-
shelf software.

Where software is acquired as part of a business combination, the cost of the asset is recognised at its fair value to the Group at 
the date of acquisition. The fair value is calculated by management using a replacement cost model. Amortisation is charged to 
write off the software over a three-to-five-year period, this being the Directors’ estimate of the useful life of the software.

Where software is developed internally, directly attributable costs including employee costs are capitalised as software 
development. Amortisation commences upon completion of the asset. Amortisation is charged to write off the software over 
a three-year period, this being the Directors’ estimate of the useful life of software.

Customer contract and lists

Where a customer contract or list is acquired as part of a business combination, the cost of the asset is recognised at its fair 
value to the Group at the date of acquisition. The fair value is calculated by management using a discounted cash flow model. 
Customer contracts and lists are amortised over a useful economic life based on Directors’ estimates.

Patents and trademarks

Where a patent or trademark is acquired as part of a business combination the cost of the asset is recognised at its fair value 
to the Group at the date of acquisition. The fair value is calculated by management using a discounted cash flow model.

Patents acquired as part of a business combination are amortised over a useful economic life based on Directors’ estimates.

Patents and trademarks acquired on an ongoing basis to protect the YouGov brand and its products are included at cost and 
are not amortised, as the trademarks are indefinite in their longevity through legal rights.

Product Development costs

Expenditure on research (or the research phase of an internal project) is recognised as an expense in the period in which  
it is incurred.

The cost of an internally generated intangible asset comprises all directly attributable costs necessary to create, produce, 
and prepare the asset to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management.

76  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Impairment testing of goodwill, other intangible assets and property, plant and equipment

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash 
flows (cash-generating units). Goodwill is allocated to those cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from synergies 
of the related business combination and represent the lowest level within the Group at which management monitors the related 
cash flows.

Goodwill, other individual assets or cash-generating units that include goodwill, other intangible assets with an indefinite useful life, 
and those intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment at least annually. All other individual assets or cash-
generating units are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may 
not be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s or cash-generating unit’s carrying amount exceeds its 
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is calculated as value in use based on an internal discounted cash flow evaluation.

Impairment losses recognised for cash-generating units, to which goodwill has been allocated, are credited initially to the carrying 
amount of goodwill. Any remaining impairment loss is charged pro rata to the other assets in the cash-generating unit. With the 
exception of goodwill, all assets are subsequently reassessed for indications that an impairment loss previously recognised may 
no longer exist.

Property, plant and equipment and depreciation

Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost net of depreciation and any provision for impairment. Cost includes the 
original purchase price of the asset and the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended use. 
No depreciation is charged during the period of construction. Leasehold property is included in property, plant and equipment 
only where it is held under a finance lease. Depreciation is calculated to write-down the cost less estimated residual value of all 
property, plant and equipment over their estimated useful economic lives.

Asset

Freehold property

Depreciation rate

Straight-line over 25 years

Leasehold property improvements

Straight-line over the life of the lease

Fixtures and fittings

Computer equipment

Motor vehicles

25% on a reducing balance

33% per annum straight-line

25% or the life of the lease

The residual values and useful lives of all assets are reviewed at least at the end of each reporting period.

Leased assets and operating leases

In accordance with IAS 17, the economic ownership of a leased asset is transferred to the lessee if the lessee bears substantially 
all the risks and rewards related to the ownership of the leased asset. The related asset is recognised at the time of inception 
of the lease at the fair value of the leased asset or, if lower, the present value of the minimum lease payments plus incidental 
payments, if any, to be borne by the lessee. A corresponding amount is recognised as a finance leasing liability.

The interest element of leasing payments represents a constant proportion of the capital balance outstanding and is charged 
to the income statement over the period of the lease.

All other leases are regarded as operating leases and the payments made under them are charged to the income statement 
on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Lease incentives are spread over the term of the lease.

77

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Principal Accounting Policies of the Consolidated  
Financial Statements for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

Financial assets

Financial assets are divided into the following categories: Trade receivables, loans and available-for-sale financial assets. 
Financial assets are assigned to the different categories by management on initial recognition, depending on the purpose for which 
they were acquired.

All financial assets are recognised when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest method, less provision for impairment. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is 
objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. 
Significant financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, and 
default or delinquency in payments (more than 30 days overdue) are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. 
The amount of the provision is the difference between the assets carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash 
flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance 
account, and the amount of the loss is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement within operating expenses. When a trade 
receivable is uncollectable, it is written off against the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts 
previously written off are credited against operating expenses in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active 
market. Trade receivables and other financial assets are classified as loans and receivables. Loans and receivables are measured 
subsequent to initial recognition at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. Any change 
in their value through impairment or reversal of impairment is recognised in the consolidated income statement.

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other 
categories. As at 31 July 2018, there are no assets held in this category (31 July 2017: £nil).

Provision against trade receivables is made when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts 
due to it in accordance with the original terms of those receivables. The amount of the write-down is determined as the difference 
between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows.

An assessment for impairment is undertaken at least at each reporting date.

A financial asset is derecognised only where the contractual rights to the cash flows from the asset expire or the financial asset 
is transferred and that transfer qualifies for derecognition. A financial asset is transferred if the contractual rights to receive the 
cash flows of the asset have been transferred or the Group retains the contractual rights to receive the cash flows of the asset but 
assumes a contractual obligation to pay the cash flows to one or more recipients. A financial asset that is transferred qualifies for 
derecognition if the Group transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset, or if the Group neither retains 
nor transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership but does transfer control of that asset.

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Financial liabilities are assigned to the 
different categories by management on initial recognition, depending on the purpose for which they were acquired.

Financial liabilities are obligations to pay cash or other financial assets and are recognised when the Group becomes a party 
to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method. They are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-
current liabilities.

Borrowings and lease liabilities are initially recorded at the fair value which is typically the proceeds received, net of any issue costs 
and subsequently carried at amortised cost. Finance charges are accounted for on an effective interest method and are added to 
the carrying value of the instrument to the extent that they are not settled in the period in which they arise.

A financial liability is derecognised only when the obligation is extinguished, that is, when the obligation is discharged or cancelled 
or expires.

78  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and demand deposits, together with other short-term, highly liquid investments 
that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, with 
maturities no longer than three months. In addition, bank overdrafts which are repayable on demand are included for the purposes 
of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

Equity

Equity comprises the following:

•  share capital represents the nominal value of equity shares;

•  share premium represents the excess over nominal value of the fair value of consideration received for equity shares, net 

of incremental and directly attributable expenses of the share issue; 

•  foreign exchange reserve represents the differences arising from translation of investments in overseas subsidiaries;

•  retained earnings represent retained profits; and

•  merger reserve represents the excess over nominal value of the fair value of consideration received for equity shares issued/

allotted directly to acquire another entity meeting the specific requirements of Section 612 of the Companies Act 2006. 

The conditions of the relief include:

•  securing at least 90% of the nominal value of equity of another company; and

•  the arrangement provides for allotment of equity shares in the issuing company.

Foreign currencies

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in 
Sterling, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction.

Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated at the rates of exchange ruling at the reporting date. Non-
monetary items that are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are translated at the exchange rate at the date of 
the transaction. 

Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when 
the fair value was determined.

Any exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items at rates different from 
those at which they were initially recorded are recognised in the consolidated income statement in the period in which they arise.

The assets and liabilities in the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries and associates and related goodwill are translated at 
the rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date. Income and expenses are translated at average rate unless average rate is not a 
good approximation of the rate ruling on the date of the transaction. The exchange differences arising from the retranslation of the 
opening net investment in subsidiaries and joint ventures are taken directly to the “Foreign exchange reserve” in equity.

Employee benefits

Equity-settled share-based payments

The Group operates a number of equity-settled share-based payment compensation plans under which the entity receives 
services from employees as consideration for equity instruments (options) of the Group. All equity-settled share-based payments 
are ultimately recognised as an expense in the consolidated income statement with a corresponding credit to retained earnings. 

This fair value is appraised at the grant date and excludes the impact of non-market vesting conditions.

If vesting periods or other non-market vesting conditions apply, the expense is allocated over the vesting period, based on the best 
available estimate of the number of share options expected to vest. Estimates are subsequently revised if there is any indication 
that the number of share options expected to vest differs from previous estimates. 

No adjustment is made to any expense recognised in prior periods if share options ultimately exercised are different to that 
estimated on vesting.

Upon exercise of share options the proceeds received net of attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital, and where 
appropriate, share premium.

79

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Principal Accounting Policies of the Consolidated  
Financial Statements for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

Termination benefits

Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated by the Group before the normal retirement date, or whenever 
an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits when it 
has a constructive obligation to pay them as a result of the announcement of a detailed formal plan to terminate the employment 
of current employees. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after the end of the reporting period are discounted to their 
present value.

Contingent consideration

Future anticipated payments to vendors in respect of earn outs are based on the Directors’ best estimates of future obligations, 
which are dependent on the future performance of the interests acquired and assume the operating companies improve profits 
in line with Directors’ estimates. When consideration payable is deferred, the fair value of the consideration is obtained by 
discounting to present value the amounts expected to be payable in the future at a rate equivalent to a UK 10 year treasury gilt 
(or foreign equivalent), this being, in the Directors’ opinion the most appropriate barometer for a risk-free rate. Subsequent changes 
in the amount of contingent consideration recognised are recorded as other separately reported items in the Consolidated 
Income Statement.

Imputed interest

When the outflow of cash or cash equivalents is deferred, and the arrangement constitutes a financing transaction, the fair value 
of the consideration is the present value of all future payments determined using an imputed rate of interest. The imputed rate of 
interest used is the risk-free rate, this being, in the Directors’ opinion the most appropriate rate. The difference between the present 
value of all future payments and the nominal amount of the consideration is recognised as an interest charge. Imputed interest is 
shown within finance costs in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Going concern

The Group meets its day-to-day working capital requirements through its available cash resources. The Group’s forecasts and 
projections, taking account of reasonable possible changes in trading performance, show that the Group should be able to operate 
without bank finance. After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has adequate resources 
to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. The Group therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing its consolidated financial statements.

Accounting estimates and judgements

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies the Directors are required to make estimates and adjustments that 
may affect the financial statements. The Directors believe that the estimates and judgements applied in the financial statements 
are reasonable.

Estimates and judgements are evaluated on a regular basis and are based on historical experience (where applicable) and other 
factors, such as expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. These estimates, by definition, will rarely equal the related 
actual results. The estimates and judgements that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below. Where estimates and judgements have been made, the 
key factors taken into consideration are disclosed in the appropriate Note in these consolidated financial statements.

Revenue recognition

The Group is required to make an estimate of project completion levels on long-term contracts for revenue recognition purposes. 
This is based upon the project manager’s estimates and available time records against budgeted and assigned resource for the 
initial project scope. This involves an element of estimation, and therefore differences may arise between the actual and estimated 
result. Where differences arise, they are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement for the following reporting period.

Share-based payments

The Group is required to make estimates regarding the assumptions that are used to calculate the income statement charge for 
share-based payments. The value of share options is measured using either the Black Scholes option pricing model or the Monte 
Carlo Simulation. This is dependent on the conditions attached to each of the issued options. Where conditions are non-market 
based the Black Scholes option pricing model is used. Where market based conditions are attached to options, the fair value is 
determined using the Monte Carlo Simulation. Inputs to the calculations include (but are not limited to) expected volatility, expected 
life, risk-free rate, expected dividend yield and redemption rates, the inputs used are disclosed in Note 22. Variances in any of the 
inputs could lead to the charge being higher or lower than appropriate.

80  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Income taxes

The Group is subject to income taxes in various jurisdictions. Judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for 
income taxes. There are many transactions/calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary 
course of business. Where the final tax outcome is different to what is initially recorded, such differences will impact the income 
tax and deferred tax provisions. Income taxes are disclosed fully in Note 6.

Deferred taxation

Estimation is required by management in determining whether the Group should recognise a deferred tax asset. 
Management considers whether there is sufficient certainty that its tax losses available to carry forward will ultimately be offset 
against future probable profits before taxation. This estimate impacts on the degree to which deferred tax assets are recognised. 
Deferred taxation is disclosed fully in Note 19.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Goodwill

The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy. 
The recoverable amount is based on the higher of value in use calculations and the fair value less cost to dispose. The use of this 
method requires the estimation of future cash flows and the choice of a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the present 
values of these cash flows. The estimates used in the impairment review are fully disclosed in Note 10.

All payments to purchase a business are recorded at fair value at the acquisition date, with contingent payments classified as debt 
subsequently re-measured through the consolidated income statement. There is a choice on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis 
to measure the non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share 
of the acquiree’s net assets.

Contingent consideration

As part of the acquisitions, contingent consideration is payable to selling shareholders based on the future performance of the 
businesses. Judgement is required in estimating the magnitude of contingent consideration and the likelihood of payment. 
Contingent consideration is disclosed fully in Note 17.

Other intangible assets

The Group is required to identify and assess the useful life of intangible assets and determine if there is a finite or indefinite life. 
Judgement is required in determining if an intangible asset has a finite life and the extent of this finite life in order to calculate the 
amortisation charge on the asset. The Group tests at each reporting date whether intangible assets have suffered any impairment, 
in accordance with the accounting policy. The recoverable amount of cash-generating units has been determined based on 
discounted future cash flows. These calculations require estimates to be made. Where there is no method of valuation for an 
intangible asset, management will make use of a valuation technique to determine the value of an intangible if there is no evidence 
of a market value. In doing so certain assumptions and estimates will be made. Intangible assets are fully disclosed in Note 11. 
Judgement is also required in the determination of the costs that satisfy the IAS 38 criteria for capitalisation as intangible assets. 

Panel incentive provision

The Group is required to assess the likelihood that panel incentives earned by consumer panel members will be redeemed and 
maintain a provision to cover this potential liability. Factors taken into consideration include the absolute liability, redemption rates 
and panel activity rates. Whilst historical data can indicate trends and behaviours, it is not a definite indicator of the future. In arriving 
at the carrying value of the provision, certain assumptions and estimates have to be made. The estimates used in calculating the 
panel incentive provision are fully disclosed in Note 18.

81

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 July 2018

1 Segmental analysis

The Board of Directors (which is the “chief operating decision-maker”) primarily reviews information based on product lines: Custom 
Research, Data Products and Data Services; with supplemental geographical information. 

2018

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating expenses

Adjusted operating profit 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Other separately reported items

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance costs

Share of post-tax loss in joint  
ventures and associates

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit after taxation

Other segment information

Depreciation

2017

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating expenses*

Adjusted operating profit 

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Other separately reported items

Operating profit

Finance income

Finance costs

Share of post-tax loss in joint 
ventures and associates

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit after taxation

Other segment information

Depreciation

Custom 
Research 
£’000

58,657

(14,205)

44,452

(30,331)

14,121

Data
 Products 
£’000

30,445

(3,700)

26,745

(15,086)

11,659

Data
 Services 
£’000

28,956

(5,089)

23,867

(15,865)

8,002

Eliminations &
Unallocated 
Costs 
£’000

(1,499)

1,499

– 

(14,108)

(14,108)

Group 
£’000

116,559

(21,495)

95,064

(75,390)

19,674

(7,024)

(892)

11,758

151

(202)

66

11,773

(3,615)

8,158

596

214

192

229

1,231

Custom 
Research 
£’000

60,220

(14,389)

45,831

(36,928)

8,903

Data
 Products 
£’000

24,070

(3,284)

20,786

(13,756)

7,030

Data
 Services 
£’000

23,296

(4,204)

19,092

(13,359)

5,733

Eliminations &
Unallocated 
Costs 
£’000

(538)

538

–

(7,138)

(7,138)

Group 
£’000

107,048

(21,339)

85,709

(71,181)

14,528

(6,483)

(488)

7,557

480

(226)

103

7,914

(3,273)

4,641

731

138

173

132

1,174

*  Custom Research operating expenses in the prior year includes £1,709,000 of costs related to wider innovation initiatives that have been included within Unallocated Costs 

in the current year. 

82  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

1 Segmental analysis continued

Supplementary analysis by geography

Revenue and adjusted operating profit by geography based on the origin of the sale

UK

USA

Mainland Europe

Middle East

Asia Pacific

Intra-Group revenues/unallocated costs

Group

Revenue by geography based on the destination of the customer.

    2018

     2017

Adjusted 
operating
profit/
(loss) 
£’000

Revenue 
£’000

Adjusted
operating
profit/ 
(loss)
£’000

Revenue 
£’000

31,332

12,032

27,139

48,159

16,556

40,710

21,571

2,272

21,227

12,057

3,552

16,322

8,748

847

5,512

(5,308)

(15,585)

(3,862)

8,575

9,276

2,314

2,449

(908)

(7,178)

116,559

19,674

107,048

14,528

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2018

External sales

Inter-segment sales

Total revenue

2017

External sales

Inter-segment sales

Total revenue

UK 
£’000 

USA 
£’000 

Mainland 
Europe 
£’000 

Middle 
East 
£’000 

Asia 
Pacific 
£’000

Intra-
Group 
revenues 
£’000 

Group 
£’000

30,926

48,422

21,435

9,318

6,458

–

116,559

2,363

3,388

1,879

391

619

(8,640)

–

33,289

51,810

23,314

9,709

7,077

(8,640) 116,559

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

26,766

42,595

20,126

13,523

4,038

–

107,048

1,752

2,764

1,487

281

390

(6,674)

–

28,518

45,359

21,613

13,804

4,428

(6,674)

107,048

Inter-segment sales are priced on an arm’s-length basis that would be available to unrelated third parties.

83

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

2 Operating expenditure

The profit before taxation is stated after charging:

Auditors’ remuneration:

Fees payable for the audit of the parent company and the consolidated financial statements

Audit of subsidiaries

Audit related assurance services

Tax compliance services

Tax advisory services

Total auditors’ remuneration

Disposals, depreciation and amortisation:

Amortisation of intangible assets recognised in operating expenses

Amortisation of intangible assets recognised in cost of sales

Total amortisation of intangible assets 

Loss on disposal of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (Note 12)

Operating lease rentals:

Plant and machinery

Land and buildings

Other expenses:

Exchange gains/(losses)

Share-based payment expenses (Note 22)

Charitable donations

3 Staff costs and numbers

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Share-based payments (Note 22)

Other pension costs

Other benefits 

2018
£’000

2017
£’000

243

121

19

69

118

570

7,024

2

7,026

6

1,231

14

2,193

2

3,571

97

2018 
£’000

41,123

5,630

3,571

1,054

9,625

61,003

257

106

3

16

10

392

6,483

25

6,508

7

1,174

55

2,430

(268)

1,488

84

2017 
£’000

40,762

4,717

1,488

1,119

9,288

57,374

Included in the above amount are staff costs totalling £3,940,000 (2017: £3,421,000) that were capitalised in relation to internally 
developed intangible assets. Further details are provided in Note 11. Pension costs are contributions made on behalf of employees 
to defined contribution pension schemes. Other benefits include staff bonuses paid in cash and private healthcare insurance.

84  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

3 Staff costs and numbers continued

The monthly average number of employees including Director’s of the Group during the year was as follows: 

Key management personnel

Administration and operations

2018 
Number

2017 
Number

28

788

816

29

750

779

Specific disclosures in relation to compensation for key management personnel (defined as Board and Divisional, Product and 
Function Heads) who held office during the year was as follows:

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

2018 
£’000

5,019

109

3,300

8,428

2017 
£’000

5,249

144

1,186

6,579

Disclosure of Directors’ remuneration including share options are included in the Remuneration Report on pages 50 to 54, which 
form part of the financial statements.

4 Other separately reported items

Restructuring costs

Acquisition-related costs

Fair value gain

Profit on disposal of subsidiary of subsidiary undertaking

2018 
£’000

1,381

1,193

(1,682)

– 

892

2017 
£’000

582

–

–

(94)

488

Restructuring costs in the year included £1,036,000 in relation to the reduction of non-core custom operations in Mainland Europe 
and the Middle East and £181,000 in relation to the Reports product line being discontinued. £164,000 of costs also arose from the 
establishment of centralised global operations and finance support functions. In 2017, £265,000 of costs were incurred in relation 
to the Middle East restructuring process and £317,000 was incurred in relation to the global operations reorganisation.

Acquisition-related costs in the year comprise £864,000 the acquisition of Galaxy DP Pty Limited including £785,000 of contingent 
consideration treated as staff costs, £228,000 for the acquisition of SMG Insight Limited and £101,000 of preliminary work towards 
acquisitions completed after the reporting date. Further detail on the completed acquisitions is provided in Note 9 and the 
acquisitions completed after the reporting date in Note 27.

Following the acquisition of the remaining share capital of SMG Insight Ltd the Group’s existing 20% shareholding underwent a fair 
value assessment in accordance with IFRS 3. A gain of £1,682,000 was recognised as a result of this review.

The gain on the disposal of subsidiary undertakings in the prior year of £94,000 arose on the disposal of Service Rating GmbH. 

85

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

5 Finance income and costs

Interest receivable from bank deposits

Foreign exchange gains on cash and intra-Group loans

Total finance income

Interest payable on bank loans and overdrafts

Other interest payable

Foreign exchange losses on cash and intra-Group loans

Imputed interest on contingent consideration and provisions

Total finance costs

6 Taxation

The taxation charge represents:

Current tax on profits for the year

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total current tax charge

Deferred tax:

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Impact of changes in tax rates

Total deferred tax credit

Total income statement tax charge

The tax assessed for the year is higher (2017: higher) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK.

The differences are explained below:

Profit before taxation

Tax charge calculated at Group’s standard rate of 19% (2017: 19.67%)

Variance in overseas tax rates

Impact of changes in tax rates

Gains not subject to tax

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Tax losses for which no deferred income tax asset was recognised

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Associates results reported net of tax

2018 
£’000

28

123

151

2

4

121

127

75

202

2018 
£’000

5,042

69

5,111

(1,746)

(189)

439

(1,496)

3,615

2018 
£’000

11,773

2,237

943

439

(347)

182

294

(120)

(13)

2017 
£’000

8

472

480

2

–

204

206

20

226

2017 
£’000

2,987

305

3,292

428

(409)

(38)

(19)

3,273

2017 
£’000

7,914

1,557

1,305

(38)

(25)

45

553

(104)

(20)

Total income statement tax charge for the year

3,615

3,273

86  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

6 Taxation continued

On 8 July 2015, the UK corporation tax rate was reduced from 20% to 19% from 1 April 2017 and to 18% from 1 April 2020. 
On 15 September 2016, further changes to the UK corporation tax rates were made reducing the main rate to 17% from 1 April 2020. 
On 22 December 2017, the US federal corporate income tax rate reduced from 35% to 21%. These changes have been substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date and, therefore, are included in these financial statements. Deferred taxes at the balance sheet 
date have been measured using the enacted tax rates reflected in these financial statements.

7 Dividend

On 5 December 2017, a final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 July 2017 of £2,106,000 (2.0p per share) (2016: £1,470,000 
(1.4p per share)) was paid to Shareholders. A dividend in respect of the year ended 31 July 2018 of 3.0p per share, amounting to 
a total dividend of £3,165,000 is to be proposed at the Annual General Meeting on 12 December 2018. These financial statements 
do not reflect this proposed dividend payable.

8 Earnings per share

The calculation of the basic earnings per share is based on the earnings attributable to Ordinary Shareholders divided by the 
weighted average number of shares in issue during the year. Shares held in employee share trusts are treated as cancelled for 
the purposes of this calculation.

The calculation of diluted earnings per share is based on the basic earnings per share, adjusted to allow for the issue of shares 
and the post–tax effect of dividends and/or interest, on the assumed conversion of all dilutive options and other dilutive potential 
Ordinary Shares.

The adjusted earnings per share has been calculated to reflect the underlying profitability of the business by excluding the 
amortisation of intangible assets, share-based payments, imputed interest, impairment charges, other separately reported items 
and any related tax effects as well as the derecognition of tax losses.

Profit after taxation attributable to equity holders of the parent company

Add: amortisation of intangible assets included in operating expenses

Add: share-based payments

Add: imputed interest (Note 5)

Add: other separately reported items

Tax effect of the above adjustments and adjusting tax items*

Adjusted profit after taxation attributable to equity holders of the parent company

2018 
£’000

8,158

7,024

3,571

75

892

(2,172)

17,548

2017 
£’000

4,671

6,483

1,488

20

488

(1,639)

11,511

*  Adjusting tax items in the year includes a one off charge of £374,000 as a result of the reduction in US Federal Tax rates. 2017 included a charge of £341,000 relating to the 

derecognition of tax losses in Asia Pacific.

87

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

8 Earnings per share continued

Reconciliations of the earnings and weighted average number of shares used in the calculations are set out below.

Number of shares

Weighted average number of shares during the year: (’000 shares)

– Basic

– Dilutive effect of share options

– Diluted

The adjustments have the following effect:

Basic earnings per share

Amortisation of intangible assets

Share-based payments

Imputed interest

Other separately reported items

Tax effect of the above adjustments and adjusting tax items

Adjusted earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

Amortisation of intangible assets

Share-based payments

Imputed interest

Other separately reported items

Tax effect of the above adjustments and adjusting tax items

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

9 Business combinations and disposals

Acquisition of Galaxy DP Pty Limited

2018

2017

105,410

7,084

112,494

105,453

4,670

110,123

7.7p

6.7p

3.4p

0.1p

0.8p

(2.1p)

16.6p

7.3p

6.2p

3.2p

0.1p

0.8p

(2.0p)

15.6p

4.4p

6.2p

1.4p

0.0p

0.5p

(1.6p)

10.9p

4.2p

5.9p

1.4p

0.0p

0.5p

(1.5p)

10.5p

On 11 December 2017, to strengthen its position in the Australian market, YouGov purchased a 100% shareholding in Galaxy 
DP Pty Limited (“Galaxy”), an Australian-based research company. An initial payment of AU$1,250,000 (£700,000) was paid upon 
completion, with a further AU$332,000 (£190,000) paid in April 2018. The balance of the consideration is payable, contingent 
on performance, in two instalments in December 2018 and December 2019.

The contingent consideration is estimated to total AU$3.0m (£1.7m) this part of the consideration is contingent upon continuing 
employment and therefore will be treated as staff compensation under IFRS.

In addition transaction and integration costs of £79,000 were incurred as a result of the acquisition, these have also been treated 
as excluded items and recognised in the income statement as separately reported items.

88  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

9 Business combinations and disposals continued

The amount recognised for each class of assets and liabilities acquired is as follow:

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Cash

Current assets

Current liabilities

Tax payable

Dividend payable

Deferred tax

Net Assets acquired

Goodwill on acquisition

Total consideration for acquisition

Consideration contingent on continued employment

Total consideration and related employee benefits

Acquiree’s 
carrying 
amount 
before 
combination
£’000

Fair value 
adjustments
£’000

Fair value 
acquired
£’000

– 

424

28

873

807

(979)

(21)

(604)

3

107

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(116)

308

424

28

873

807

(979)

(21)

(604)

(113)

415

469

884

1,653

2,537

Fair value adjustments included the recognition of the fair value of customer relationships and a related deferred tax liability.

The goodwill is attributable to the workforce and the profitability of the acquired business. It will not be deductible for tax purposes.

Ownership and control passed to YouGov on 11 December 2017 and Galaxy has been consolidated within the Group financial 
statements from that date. Since the acquisition Galaxy has contributed £1,501,000 to Group revenue and £376,000 to Group 
adjusted operating profit. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 August 2017 Galaxy would have contributed £2,246,000 to Group 
revenue and would have increased Group operating profit by £466,000. 

Acquisition of SMG Insight Limited

On 22 May 2018, to provide YouGov with the opportunity to develop new syndicated data products for the sports industry, 
YouGov purchased the remaining 80% shareholding in SMG insight Limited (“SMG”), a UK-based research company in which it had 
previously held a 20% stake. An initial payment of £1,000,000 was paid upon completion with a further payment of up to £1,000,000 
payable in May 2019 contingent on collection of trade receivables. The balance of the consideration is payable, contingent on 
EBITDA performance, in three annual instalments with a final payment in 2021.

The total contingent consideration is forecast to be £5,727,000 and as this is not contingent upon future employment it is all treated 
as consideration for acquisition.

In addition transaction and integration costs of £228,000 were incurred as a result of the acquisition, these have also been treated 
as excluded items and recognised in the income statement as separately reported items.

Provisional fair value adjustments have been made to align SMG’s accounting policies with those of YouGov and to account for 
the fair value of customer relationships and attributable deferred taxation of the business which are recognised upon acquisition. 
Management are currently finalising their fair value and contingent consideration calculations and this will be completed in the year 
ending 31 July 2019.

89

 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

9 Business combinations and disposals continued

The amount recognised for each class of assets and liabilities acquired is as follow:

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Cash

Current assets

Current liabilities

Tax payable

Dividend payable

Deferred tax

Net Assets acquired

Goodwill on acquisition

Total consideration for acquisition

Total consideration analysed as:

Carrying value of investment 

Re-measurement of investment to fair value

Cash

Contingent consideration

Total consideration

Fair value 
adjustments
£’000

Fair value 
acquired
£’000

1,483

1,483

Acquiree’s 
carrying 
amount 
before 
combination
£’000

– 

18

132

1,757

(1,276)

(161)

(1,101)

3

– 

(34)

(184)

– 

– 

9

(263)

(622)

1,005

21

132

1,723

(1,460)

(161)

(1,101)

(254)

383

8,026

8,409

– 

1,682

1,000

5,727

8,409

The goodwill is attributable to the workforce and the high profitability of the acquired business. It will not be deductible 
for tax purposes.

Ownership and control passed to YouGov on 22 May 2018 and SMG has been consolidated within the Group financial statements 
from that date. Since the acquisition SMG has contributed £789,000 to Group revenue and reduced Group adjusted operating profit 
by £6,000. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 August 2017 SMG would have contributed £6,647,000 to Group revenue and would 
have increased Group operating profit by £1,169,000.

Disposal of Service Rating GmbH

On 31 March 2017, Service Rating GmbH, a German-based rating agency, was sold for a consideration of £173,000 payable in cash. 
The net asset value of Service Rating GmbH on disposal was £79,000 resulting in a profit on disposal in the prior year of £94,000.

90  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

10 Goodwill

Middle 
East 
£’000

USA 
£’000

Nordic
£’000

Germany 
£’000

CoEditor 
£’000

Carrying amount at 1 August 2016

1,667

19,941

8,429

10,980

Exchange differences

15

186

502

640

Carrying amount at 31 July 2017

1,682

20,127

8,931

11,620

Additions through  
business combinations

Exchange differences

–

(7)

–

(71)

–

(52)

–

(49)

569

–

569

–

–

Asia 
Pacific 
£’000

815

2

817

–

(7)

Galaxy 
 £’000

SMG 
 £’000

Total 
£’000

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

42,401

1,345

43,746

469

8,026

8,495

5

– 

(181)

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Carrying amount at 31 July 2018

1,675

20,056

8,879

11,571

569

810

474

8,026

52,060

At 31 July 2018

Cost

1,675

20,056

8,879

12,294

Accumulated impairment

–

–

–

(723)

Net book amount

1,675

20,056

8,879

11,571

569

–

569

810

–

810

474

8,026

52,783

– 

– 

(723)

474

8,026

52,060

In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, the carrying values of goodwill and other intangible assets are reviewed annually 
for impairment. The cash-generating units (“CGUs”) are consistent with those segments shown in Note 1. The 2018 impairment 
review was undertaken as at 31 July 2018. The recoverable amounts of all CGUs have been determined based on value in use 
calculations. This review assessed whether the carrying value of goodwill was supported by the net present value of future cash 
flows derived from assets using a projection period of five years for each CGU based on approved budget numbers.

The sources of the assumptions used in making the assessment are as follows: 

•  growth rates are internal forecasts based on both internal and external market information; 

•  margins reflect past experience, adjusted for expected changes; 

•  terminal growth rates based on management’s estimate of future long-term average growth rates; and

•  discount rates based on Group WACC, adjusted where appropriate.

Annual EBITDA growth rates of 2.25% have been assumed in perpetuity beyond year five. The pre-tax weighted average costs 
of capital used to discount the future cash flows to their present values are Middle East 10% (2017: 10%), USA 17% (2017: 17%), 
Nordic 13% (2017: 13%), Germany 15% (2017: 15%) and Asia Pacific 12% (2017: 12%).

Management has considered reasonable possible changes in the above key assumptions and performed sensitivity analyses 
under these scenarios. This analysis shows that sufficient headroom exists and would not give rise to any further impairment.

91

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

11 Other intangible assets

At 1 August 2016

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Net book amount

Year ended 31 July 2017

Opening net book amount

Additions:

 Separately acquired

 Internally developed

Amortisation charge:

 Separately acquired

 Internally developed

 Business combinations

Disposals

Exchange differences

Closing net book amount

At 31 July 2017 and 1 August 2017

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Net book amount

Year ended 31 July 2018

Opening net book amount

Additions:

 Separately acquired

 Internally developed

Business combinations (Note 9)

Amortisation charge:

 Separately acquired

 Internally developed

Business combinations

Exchange differences

Consumer 
panel 
£’000

Software and 
software 
development 
£’000

Customer 
contracts 
and lists 
£’000

Patents and 
trademarks 
£’000

Product 
development 
costs
£’000 

Total 
£’000

16,081

19,901

(13,167)

(14,265)

2,914

5,636

5,418

(3,751)

1,667

3,439

(3,048)

391

962

(831)

131

45,801

(35,062)

10,739

2,914

5,636

1,667

391

131

10,739

3,471

–

(2,219)

–

–

–

34

50

3,385

(534)

(2,726)

(226)

–

15

–

–

–

–

26

–

(8)

–

(562)

(173)

–

31

–

4

4,200

5,600

1,136

240

–

36

(60)

–

–

(71)

2

38

3,547

3,421

(2,821)

(2,726)

(961)

(71)

86

11,214

19,768

23,374

(15,568)

4,200

(17,774)

5,600

5,548

(4,412)

1,136

3,581

(3,341)

240

900

(862)

38

53,171

(41,957)

11,214

4,200

5,600

1,136

240

38

11,214

2,834

–

–

(2,555)

–

–

(5)

404

3,928

–

–

97

1,810

(257)

(3,519)

(220)

(1)

–

–

(466)

(9)

39

–

–

(7)

–

–

–

–

12

–

(2)

–

–

–

3,277

3,940

1,907

(2,821)

(3,519)

(686)

(15)

Closing net book amount

4,474

6,032

2,471

272

48

13,297

At 31 July 2018

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Net book amount

22,566

27,355

7,339

3,603

911

61,774

(18,092)

(21,323)

(4,868)

(3,331)

(863)

(48,477)

4,474

6,032

2,471

272

48

13,297

92  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

12 Property, plant and equipment

At 1 August 2016

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Year ended 31 July 2017

Opening net book amount

Additions:

Separately acquired

Disposals

Depreciation

Exchange differences 

Closing net book amount

At 31 July 2017 and 1 August 2017

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Year ended 31 July 2018

Opening net book amount

Additions:

Separately acquired

Business combinations

Disposals

Depreciation

Exchange differences 

Closing net book amount

At 31 July 2018

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Freehold 
property 
£’000 

Leasehold 
property 
improvements 
£’000

Computer 
equipment 
£’000

Fixtures and 
fittings 
£’000 

Motor 
vehicles
£’000 

1,667

(471)

1,196

1,248

(502)

746

3,082

(2,152)

930

1,692

(1,039)

653

121

(78)

43

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Total 
£’000

7,810

(4,242)

3,568

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

1,196

746

930

653

43

3,568

–

–

(87)

14

1,123

1,682

(559)

1,123

61

(1)

(205)

8

609

1,312

(703)

609

659

–

(609)

16

996

3,787

(2,791)

996

86

(6)

(243)

10

500

1,788

(1,288)

500

37

–

(30)

–

50

158

(108)

50

843

(7)

(1,174)

48

3,278

8,727

(5,449)

3,278

1,123

609

996

500

50

3,278

–

–

–

(82)

(6)

1,035

1,675

(640)

1,035

16

4

(2)

(231)

(4)

392

791

1

(6)

(679)

(2)

1,101

144

44

(4)

(216)

(4)

464

1,336

4,322

1,909

(944)

392

(3,221)

(1,445)

1,101

464

18

–

–

969

49

(12)

(23)

(1,231)

–

45

167

(122)

45

(16)

3,037

9,409

(6,372)

3,037

All property, plant and equipment disclosed above in both the year ended 31 July 2018 and 31 July 2017, with the exception of those 
items held under lease purchase agreements, are free from restrictions on title. 

93

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

12 Property, plant and equipment continued

The net book value of assets held under finance leases is as follows:

At 31 July 2017 and 1 August 2017

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

At 31 July 2018

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Computer 
equipment
£’000

Fixtures and 
fittings 
£’000 

Total 
£’000

61

(61)

–

61

(61)

–

36

(36)

–

36

(36)

–

97

(97)

–

97

(97)

–

94  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

13 Investments

(a) Interests in subsidiaries

The table below gives details of the Group’s subsidiaries at 31 July 2018. Registered addresses for all subsidiaries can be found in 
Note 24 to the Parent Company Financial Statements. All subsidiaries have coterminous year ends, except where indicated below, 
and are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Country of 
incorporation

Class of 
share capital 
held

By parent 
company

By the 
Group

Nature of the 
business

Proportion held

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

YouGov Services Limited
YouGov Stone Limited
YGV Finance Limited
CoEditor LTD
Doughty Media 2 LTD
SMG Insight Limited
Margaux Matrix Limited
MMH 2014 Ltd
Crunch Cloud Analytics Limited
YouGov America Inc
YouGov America Holdings LLC *
Crunch Cloud Analytics, LLC
YouGov Deutschland GmbH
YouGov Data & Analytics GmbH
YouGov Nordic and Baltic A/S 
YouGov Sweden AB 
YouGov Norway AS 
YouGov Finland OY 
YouGov M.E. FZ LLC
YouGov M.E. Egypt LLC
Iridescent Productions Company Limited
YouGov France SASU
YouGov Spain S.L.U
YouGov Italia Srl
Consilium Limited
Consilium Asia Limited
YouGov Singapore Pte Limited
PT YouGov Consulting Indonesia
YouGov Malaysia SDN BHD
YouGov (Thailand) CO. LTD
YouGov Research Pty Ltd.
YouGov Galaxy Pty Limited
YG India Private Research Limited
YouGov Poland Sp. z o.o.*
YouGov s.r.l.*

* Year end is 31 December.

UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
USA
USA
USA
Germany
Germany
Denmark
Sweden
Norway
Finland
U.A.E.
Egypt
Iraq
France
Spain
Italy
Hong Kong
China
Singapore
Indonesia
Malaysia
Thailand
Australia
Australia
India
Poland
Romania

Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

100%
100%
100%
32%
100%
100%
0%
0%
100%
0%
100%
0%
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
0%
100%
5%
0%
100%
100%
100%
100%
0%
0%
5%
0%
0%
100%
0%
100%
0%
100%

100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%

Software development
Dormant
Dormant
Dormant
Holding company
Market research
Market research
Holding Company
Market research
Market research
Holding company
Market research
Market research
Market research
Market research
Market research
Market research
Market research
Market research
Market research
Media production
Market research
Market research
Market research
Market research
Market research
Market research
Market research
Market research
Market research
Market research
Market research
Market research
Software development
Operations services

95

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

13 Investments continued 

(b) Interest in associates

Investments in associates comprise:

Carrying amount at 1 August 

Share of net profit of associates 

Dividends received from associates

Interest in associates at 31 July

2018 
£’000

345

66

(220)

191

2017 
£’000

242

103

–

345

At 31 July 2018, the Group had interests in the following associates:

Investment

Country of 
incorporation

Class of 
share capital 
held

By parent 
company

By the 
Group

Nature of the 
business

Financial 
year end

Proportion held

Portent.io Limited

Associate

England

Ordinary

35%

35% Market research

31 October

The Group’s share of the revenue and profit/(loss) after tax and assets and liabilities of associates is:

Revenue

(Loss)/Profit after tax

Non-current assets

Current assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Net assets

SMG Insight Limited

Portent.io Limited

31 July 
2018 
£’000

1,256

(45)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

31 July 
2017 
£’000

857

96

3

282

(163)

–

122

31 July 
2018 
£’000

129

(22)

– 

24

(34)

(19)

(29)

31 July 
2017 
£’000

43

7

–

5

(6)

(6)

(7)

96  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

14 Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Prepayments

Accrued income

Provision for trade receivables

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

31 July 2018 
£’000

31 July 2017 
£’000

21,099

3,775

2,448

8,576

35,898

(1,226)

34,672

18,441

2,367

1,886

8,549

31,243

(544)

30,699

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximate to their fair value.

As at 31 July 2018, trade receivables of £11,229,000 (2017: £10,660,000) were overdue but not impaired. These relate to a number of 
customers for which there is no recent history of default or any other indication that the receivable should not be fully collectable. 
The ageing analysis of past due trade receivables which are not impaired is as follows:

Up to three months overdue

Three to six months overdue

Six months to one year overdue

More than one year overdue

Movement on the Group provision for impairment of trade receivables is as follows:

Provision for receivables impairment at 1 August

Provision created in the year

Provision utilised in the year

Exchange differences

Provision for receivables impairment at 31 July

31 July 2018 
£’000

31 July 2017 
£’000

5,833

3,833

823

740

6,391

3,011

479

779

11,229

10,660

2018 
£’000

544

768

(97)

11

1,226

2017 
£’000

474

206

(140)

4

544

The creation and release of the provision for impaired receivables has been included in the Consolidated Income Statement. 
The other classes within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets. The maximum exposure to credit risk 
at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable mentioned above. 

The average length of time taken by customers to settle receivables is 56 days (2017: 58 days). Concentrations of credit risk do 
exist with certain clients with which we have trading relationships but none has a history of default and all command a certain 
stature within the marketplace, which minimises any potential risk of default. Material balances (defined as greater than £250,000 
(2017: greater than £250,000)) represent 40% of trade receivables (2017: 43%).

At 31 July 2018, £nil (2017: £261,000) of the trade and other receivables of YouGov Nordic and Baltic A/S were used as security 
against a loan and revolving overdraft facility held by YouGov Nordic and Baltic A/S. The Group does not hold any other collateral 
as security.

97

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

15 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

Cash and cash equivalents (excluding bank overdrafts)

31 July 2018 
£’000

31 July 2017 
£’000

30,621

30,621

23,481

23,481

Cash and cash equivalents are held at either variable rates or at rates fixed for periods of no longer than three months.

Cash and cash equivalents include the following for the purposes of the cash flows:

Cash and cash equivalents

Bank overdrafts

Cash and cash equivalents including bank overdrafts

16 Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Accruals

Deferred income

Other payables

31 July 2018 
£’000

31 July 2017 
£’000

30,621

–

30,621

23,481

(262)

23,219

31 July 2018 
£’000

31 July 2017 
£’000

2,787

13,808

12,521

5,882

34,998

1,745

12,887

10,697

4,060

29,389

Included within other payables are £80,000 (2017: £71,000) of contributions due in respect of defined contribution pension schemes.

17 Contingent consideration

At 31 July 2016

Acquisition consideration provided during the year

Contingent staff cost provided during the year

Settled during the year

Discount unwinding

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 July 2017 and 1 August 2017

Included within current liabilities

Included within non-current liabilities

Acquisition consideration provided during the year

Contingent staff cost provided during the year

Settled during the year

Discount unwinding

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 July 2018

Included within current liabilities

Included within non-current liabilities

98  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Galaxy DP
 Pty Ltd
£’000

SMG
 Insight 
£’000

Total
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

184

785

(190)

5

(1)

783

510

273

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

5,727

– 

–

9

–

5,736

899

4,837

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

5,911

785

(190)

14

(1)

6,519

1,409

5,110

18 Provisions

At 31 July 2016

Provided during the year

Utilised during the year

Discount unwinding

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 July 2017 and 1 August 2017

Included within current liabilities

Included within non-current liabilities

Provided during the year

Utilised during the year

Discount unwinding

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 July 2018

Included within current liabilities

Included within non-current liabilities

Panel 
incentives
£’000

Staff
gratuity
£’000

5,413

7,919

(6,767)

20

70

6,655

3,749

2,906

8,306

(7,655)

61

(14)

7,353

3,689

3,664

434

143

(269)

–

8

316

–

316

282

(162)

–

2

438

102

336

Total
£’000

5,847

8,062

(7,036)

20

78

6,971

3,749

3,222

8,588

(7,817)

61

(12)

7,791

3,791

4,000

The panel incentive provision represents the Directors’ best estimate of the future liability in relation to the value of panel incentives 
that have accrued in the panellists’ virtual accounts up to 31 July 2018. The provision of £7.4m represents 45% of the maximum 
potential liability of £16.4m (2017: £6.7m representing 44% of the maximum potential liability of £15.3m). The factors considered 
in estimating the appropriate percentage of the total potential liability to be provided against at each reporting date include: 
panel churn rates, panel activity rates, current redemption patterns and the time value of money.

The staff gratuity provision is a statutory obligation under UAE labour law, whereby each employee on termination of their contract 
is due a payment dependent upon their number of years’ service and nature of the termination. The liability of £0.4m at 31 July 2018 
(2017: £0.3m) represents the liability that the Group is obliged to pay as at the reporting date weighted against historical rates of 
resignation and redundancy.

19 Deferred tax assets and liabilities

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Deferred tax asset

Balance at 1 August 2016

Recognised in the income statement

Recognised in equity

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 July 2017 and 1 August 2017

Acquired on business combination

Recognised in the income statement

Recognised in equity

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 July 2018

Intangible 
assets 
£’000

Property, 
plant and 
equipment
£’000

Tax 
losses 
£’000

3,021

(214)

–

138

134

(1)

–

2

135

2,945

– 

3

– 

– 

– 

606

– 

65

138

3,616

Other 
timing 
differences 
£’000

1,946

377

391

50

2,764

16

739

1,794

(66)

5,247

315

(113)

–

8

210

– 

217

– 

6

433

£946,000 (2017: £1,947,000) of the above deferred tax assets are expected to be recovered within one year.

Total 
£’000

5,416

49

391

198

6,054

16

1,565

1,794

5

9,434

99

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

19 Deferred tax assets and liabilities continued

The deferred taxation asset in respect of income tax losses are broken down by jurisdiction as follows:

UK

Nordic

Germany

Other

31 July 2018 
£’000

31 July 2017 
£’000

484

891

2,121

120

3,616

262

791

1,892

–

2,945

Utilisation of tax losses is dependent upon future profits being generated and deferred tax assets have been recognised only to 
the extent where management budgets and forecasts show sufficient profits being generated to discharge these. Losses were 
incurred in the year in Asia Pacific and there is significant uncertainty around the recoverability of the deferred tax assets in this 
jurisdiction, therefore tax losses in this region of £829,000 (2017: £597,000) have not been recognised. Based on management 
forecasts and after carrying out sensitivity analysis, the deferred tax assets in Germany and the Nordics are considered recoverable.

Intangible
assets 
£’000

Other
timing
differences
£’000

1,314

(109)

75

1,280

383

113

(3)

1,773

224

139

40

403

–

(44)

(4)

355

2018 
£’000

4,371

(367)

1,496

1,794

12

7,306

Total 
£’000

1,538

30

115

1,683

383

69

(7)

2,128

2017 
£’000

3,878

19

19

391

83

4,371

Deferred tax liabilities

Balance at 1 August 2016

Recognised in the income statement

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 July 2017 and 1 August 2017

Acquired on business combination

Recognised in the income statement

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 July 2018

£190,000 (2017: £200,000) of the above deferred tax liabilities are expected to be recovered within one year.

The net movement on the deferred income tax account is as follows:

Balance at 1 August

Acquired on business combination

Recognised in the income statement

Recognised in equity

Foreign exchange differences recognised in other comprehensive income

Balance at 31 July

100  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

20 Risk management objectives and policies

The Group is exposed to foreign currency, capital, liquidity and interest rate risk, which result from both its operating and investing 
activities. The Group’s risk management is coordinated in close cooperation with the Board of Directors, and focuses on actively 
securing the Group’s short-to-medium-term cash flows by minimising the exposure to financial markets. The most significant 
financial risks to which the Group is exposed are described below. Also refer to the accounting policies.

Foreign currency risk

The Group is exposed to translation and transaction foreign exchange risk. The currencies where the Group is most exposed 
to volatility are US Dollars, Euro and UAE Dirham. Currently, the Group aims to align assets and liabilities in a particular market. 
The Group will continue to review its currency risk position as the overall business profile changes.

The presentational and transactional currency of the Group is considered to be UK Sterling.

Foreign currency denominated financial assets and liabilities, translated into UK Sterling at the closing rate are as follows:

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Short-term exposure

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Long-term exposure

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

US 
Dollar

Euro 

UAE 
Dirham 

Other 
currencies

US 
Dollar

24,844

6,430

2,274

8,338

17,136

Euro 

7,374

UAE 
Dirham

Other 
currencies

1,815

7,308

(7,237)

(1,840)

(844)

(3,999)

(5,660)

(2,056)

(1,058)

(3,170)

17,607

4,590

1,430

4,339

11,476

5,318

757

4,138

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

(273)

(273)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

The effect of UK Sterling strengthening by 1% against our subsidiaries’ functional currencies (US Dollar, Euro, UAE Dirham and other 
currencies) would have had the following impact upon translation:

Net result for the year

Equity

2018 
£’000

Euro 

5

(53)

US 
Dollar

(54)

(269)

UAE 
Dirham 

Other 
currencies

(8)

(123)

29

56

US 
Dollar

(44)

(292)

2017 
£’000

Euro 

(1)

(136)

UAE 
Dirham

Other 
currencies

(1)

(86)

30

(18)

If the UK Sterling had weakened by 1% against the US Dollar, Euro, UAE Dirham and other currencies the inverse of the impact 
above would apply. 

Liquidity risk

The Group seeks to manage financial risk by ensuring sufficient liquidity is available to meet foreseeable needs and to invest cash 
assets safely and profitably.

The Group currently has no general borrowing arrangement in place (although specific fixed value borrowings are held within 
the Group) and prepares cash flow forecasts which are reviewed at Board meetings to ensure liquidity.

101

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

20 Risk management objectives and policies continued

As at 31 July 2018, the Group’s liabilities have undiscounted contractual maturities, which are summarised below:

At 31 July 2018

Contingent consideration

Trade and other payables

Current

Non-current

Within 
6 months
£’000

510

8,536

6 to 12
months
£’000

899

130

1–5 years
£’000

5,110

–

Later than 
5 years 
£’000

–

–

This compares to the maturity of the Group’s financial liabilities in the previous reporting period as follows:

At 31 July 2017

Borrowings

Contingent consideration

Trade and other payables

Current

Non-current

Within 
6 months
£’000

262

–

5,547

6 to 12
months
£’000

–

–

258

1–5 years
£’000

Later than 
5 years 
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

The Group has sufficient financial risk management policies in place to ensure that all trade payables are settled within the 
respective credit period.

Capital risk management

The Group manages its capital to ensure that all entities within the Group are able to continue as a going concern. The Board 
has taken the decision at this stage to minimise external debt, whilst trying to maximise earnings from the cash currently held. 
Capital consists of the following items: 

Borrowings (Bank overdrafts)

Cash and cash equivalents

Equity attributable to Shareholders of the parent company

The Group has no externally imposed capital requirements.

Interest rate risk

31 July 2018 
£’000

31 July 2017 
£’000

–

30,621

(92,071)

(61,450)

(262)

23,481

(80,473)

(57,254)

The Group manages its interest rate risk by negotiating fixed interest rates on deposits for periods of up to three months. 
The average cash and cash equivalents balance, net of bank overdrafts, over the course of the year was £26.7m (2017: £19.2m). 
Management does not believe that the Group is subject to material interest rate risk.

Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities

Where market values are not available, fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities have been calculated by discounting 
expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates and by applying year end foreign exchange rates.

Primary financial instruments held or issued to finance the Group’s operations:

31 July 2018

31 July 2017

Book value
£’000

Fair value
£’000

Book value
£’000

Fair value
£’000

32,224

30,621

(22,474)

(6,519)

–

32,224

30,621

(22,474)

(6,519)

–

28,813

23,481

(18,692)

–

(262)

28,813

23,481

(18,692)

–

(262)

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Contingent consideration

Bank overdrafts

102  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

20 Risk management objectives and policies continued

Fair value estimation

The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined 
as follows:

•  Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1).

•  Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) 

or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) (Level 2).

•  Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Liabilities

31 July 2018 
£’000

Level 1
£’000

Level 2
£’000

Level 3
£’000

Contingent consideration

–

–

6,519

The following table presents the changes in Level 3 instruments.

31 July 2017 
£’000

Total
£’000

6,519

Level 1
£’000

–

Level 2
£’000

Level 3
£’000

–

–

Contingent consideration

Balance at 1 August

Provided consideration on business combination

Recognised in the income statement

Settled 

Foreign exchange differences

Balance at 31 July

21 Share capital and share premium

2018 
£’000

–

5,911

799

(190)

(1)

6,519

Total
£’000

–

2017 
£’000

–

–

–

–

–

–

The Company only has one class of share. Par value of each Ordinary Share is 0.2p (2017: 0.2p). All issued shares are fully paid.

At 1 August 2016

Issue of shares

At 31 July 2017 and 1 August 2017

Issue of shares

At 31 July 2018

Number of 
shares

104,299,052

999,657

105,298,709

193,101

105,491,810

Share 
capital 
£’000

209

2

211

–

211

Share 
premium 
£’000

31,086

175

31,261

39

31,300

Total 
£’000

31,295

177

31,472

39

31,511

During the year, 182,910 shares were issued on the exercise of share options and 10,191 in payment of Non-Executive Directors’ fees.

103

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

22 Share-based payments

The charge in relation to the share-based payments in the year ended 31 July 2018 was £3,571,000 (2017: £1,488,000). Details of the 
number of share options and the weighted average exercise price (WAEP) outstanding during the year are as follows:

Approved and unapproved share option schemes

Approved share option scheme

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Forfeited during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

Unapproved share option scheme

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Forfeited during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2018 WAEP

Number

–

–

–

–

–

–

2018 WAEP

Number

–

–

–

–

–

–

2017 WAEP

Number

60,721

–

(60,721)

–

–

–

2017 WAEP

Number

32,503

–

(32,503)

–

–

–

£

1.645

–

1.645

–

–

–

£

1.228

–

1.228

–

–

–

£

–

–

–

–

–

–

£

–

–

–

–

–

–

The weighted average share price at the dates of exercise was £nil (2017: £2.430).

Long Term Incentive Plan 2009

During the year ended 31 July 2018, the Long Term Incentive Plan 2009 (“LTIP 2009”) for Executive Directors, Senior Executives and 
senior managers continued to operate but no new awards were made under the LTIP 2009 as it has been replaced by two new 
incentive plans summarised below. The rules governing the LTIP 2009 are summarised in the Remuneration Report on page 52. 

The charge in relation to the LTIP 2009 in the year ended 31 July 2018 was £nil (2017: £86,000). This charge was valued using 
a Monte Carlo simulation.

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Exercised during the year

Forfeited during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2018
Number

2017
Number

865,522

1,807,908

(51,394)

(888,931)

–

814,128

814,128

(53,455)

865,522

865,522

The weighted average share price at the date LTIP 2009 options were exercised was £3.496. All of the above are nil cost options.

104  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

22 Share-based payments continued

Long Term Incentive Plan 2014

Awards under the LTIP 2014 are made in the form of nil-cost options as with the LTIP 2009. The maximum total number of shares 
to be awarded to each participant has been set based on their salary in the year ended 31 July 2015 and the share price at the start 
of the plan. These awards are to be granted in three equal tranches in October 2015, 2016 and 2017 with an additional award of 
396,039 options in April 2018. Receipt of an award in each of those years will be dependent upon the achievement of specific and 
demanding personal targets set for that individual in the previous financial year. Vesting of awards will depend on the Company 
achieving stretching targets relating to compound growth in adjusted earnings per share (“EPS”) over the five years ending 31 July 
2019 and on improvement in its operating margins. Part of the Chief Executive Officer’s award is also subject to a Total Shareholder 
Return (“TSR”) condition, this part of the award will only vest if the EPS performance condition is met in full and the Company’s 
TSR has grown by 200%. 

The maximum number of options that can be granted under this scheme is 6,924,000 and the charge in relation to the LTIP 2014 
in the year ended 31 July 2018 was £3,222,000 (2017: £1,109,000).

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Vested during the year

Forfeited during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

All of the above are nil cost options.

2018
Number

2017
Number

4,394,432

2,460,676

2,330,974

1,933,756

–

–

–

–

6,725,406

4,394,432

–

–

The fair value of the options granted in the year was determined using the Black Scholes model. The following assumptions were 
used in both the Black Scholes model, in calculating the fair values of the options granted during the year.

Share price

Exercise price

Expected volatility

Expected life

Dividend yield

Risk-free interest rate

2018
 Awards

3.61

£0.00

27%

2015
 Awards

1.04

£0.00

25%

1.5 Years

5 Years

0.8%

0.45%

0.6%

1.65%

The fair value of 2015 award options granted during the year was £1.01 per option and the fair value of 2018 award options granted 
during the year was £3.56.

105

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

22 Share-based payments continued

Deferred Share Bonus Plan 2014

The DSBP 2014 delivers a portion of managers’ (enhanced) annual bonus in shares which must be retained for a period of two years 
and are subject to continued employment. The charge in relation to the DSBP 2014 in the year ended 31 July 2018 was £349,000 
(2017: £293,000).

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Vested during the year

Forfeited during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

All of the above options are nil cost options.

2018
Number

375,508

152,012

(131,516)

(25,282)

370,722

75,575

2017
Number

255,510

182,640

(5,328)

(57,314)

375,508

–

The fair value of the options granted in the year was determined using the Black Scholes model. The following assumptions were 
used in the Black Scholes model in calculating the fair value of the options granted during the year:

Share price

Exercise price

Expected volatility

Expected life

Dividend yield

Risk-free interest rate

2018 
£’000

£3.16

£0.00

27%

2 Years

0.80%

0.45%

The fair value of options granted during the year determined using the Black Scholes model was £3.11 per option.

The aggregate profit and loss charge for share-based payments is disclosed in Note 2.

23 Leasing commitments

The future aggregate minimum lease rentals to be paid under non-cancellable operating leases at 31 July 2018 are as follows:

In one year or less

Between one and five years

In five years or more

31 July 2018

31 July 2017

Land and 
buildings 
£’000

1,371

1,685

– 

3,056

Other 
£’000

–

–

–

–

Land and 
buildings 
£’000

2,065

5,563

538

8,166

Other 
£’000

3

–

–

3

The lease rental costs charged to the income statement for the year ended 31 July 2018 amounted to £2,207,000 (2017: £2,430,000).

106  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

24 Capital commitments

At 31 July 2018, the Group had capital commitments of £50,000 (2017: £93,000).

25 Major non-cash transactions

During the year, the Group entered into barter transactions with parties in the Middle East, Germany and Asia Pacific with a total 
value of £606,000 (2017: £957,000) to exchange the provision of market research for advertising on television, on websites and 
in magazines.

26 Transactions with Directors and other related parties

Other than emoluments and the transactions set out below, there have been no transactions with Directors during the year.

As at 31 July 2018, Rosamund Shakespeare, the wife of Stephan Shakespeare, held 559,404 Ordinary Shares in the Company.

Prior to the acquisition of SMG Insight Limited, YouGov provided £383,000 of research services and charged rent of £55,000 
to SMG Insight Limited, an associate, and was charged £308,000 for research services by SMG Insight Limited. 

As at 31 July 2018, a loan of £270,000 was receivable from Portent.io Limited and £6,000 was receivable in respect of 
research services. 

On 10 December 2013, YouGov plc entered into a joint development agreement with Crunch.io Inc, a US company in which Doug 
Rivers, an Executive Director of YouGov plc, has an equity interest of 40%. YouGov and Crunch.io Limited have agreed jointly to fund 
the development of a cloud-based data analytics software application in which both parties have usage rights. 

Trading between YouGov plc and Group companies is excluded from the related party note as this has been eliminated 
on consolidation.

27 Events after the reporting year

On 21 August 2018, YouGov plc acquired a 100% share in Inconversation Media Limited, an audience conversation platform that 
allows brands and organisations to build conversation channels with their audiences.

On 28 August 2018, a new lease was signed for the London office. The initial term of the lease is 5 years, and the minimum amount 
payable during this period is £4,193,000.

On 6 September 2018, YouGov plc reached an agreement with Crunch.io Inc., with which it held a joint development agreement, 
to acquire Crunch.io Inc.’s share of the intangible software assets developed under the agreement.

107

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Independent Auditors’ Report to the Members of YouGov plc 
Report on the Parent Company Financial Statements

Opinion

In our opinion, YouGov plc’s parent company financial statements (the “financial statements”):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 July 2018 and of its cash flows for the year 

then ended;

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European 

Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts 2018 (the “Annual Report”), which 
comprise: the parent company Statement of Financial Position as at 31 July 2018; the parent company Statement of Cash Flows, 
and the parent company Statement of Changes in Equity for the year then ended; the accounting policies; and the notes to the 
financial statements.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements 
section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion.

Independence

We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other 
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach

Overview

Materiality

•  Overall materiality: £305,000 (2017: £270,000), based on 1% of revenue.

Audit scope

•  The parent company was audited by the UK audit team based in London.

•  We have no key audit matters to report.

Key audit 
matters

The scope of our audit

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial 
statements. In particular, we looked at where the directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant 
accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. 

As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including evaluating whether there 
was evidence of bias by the directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. 

Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the 
financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not 
due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation 
of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. We determined that there were no key audit matters 
applicable to the parent company to communicate in our report.

108  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

 
How we tailored the audit scope 

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial 
statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the parent company, the accounting processes and controls, and 
the industry in which it operates. 

The parent company was audited by the UK audit team based in London.

Materiality

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. 
These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and 
extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect 
of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

Overall materiality

£305,000 (2017: £270,000).

How we determined it

1% of revenue.

Rationale for benchmark applied The parent company contains the UK trading activities of the Group as well as costs 

normally associated with the head office function of a listed company.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £15,250 
(2017: £13,500) as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Conclusions relating to going concern

We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which ISAs (UK) require us to report to you when: 

•  the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not appropriate; or 

•  the Directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast significant doubt 

about the parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period of at least 12 months 
from the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the parent 
company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Reporting on other information 

The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ 
report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the 
other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this 
report, any form of assurance thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider 
whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are 
required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material 
misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement 
of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the 
UK Companies Act 2006 have been included. 

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, ISAs (UK) require us also 
to report certain opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ 
Report for the year ended 31 July 2018 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with 
applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the parent company and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, 
we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report. 

109

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Independent Auditors’ Report to the Members of YouGov plc 
Report on the Parent Company Financial Statements continued

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit

Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements

As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The Directors 
are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that 
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the parent company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless 
the Directors either intend to liquidate the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance 
is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a 
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually 
or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis 
of these financial statements. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the parent company’s members as a body in accordance 
with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or 
assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come 
save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Other required reporting

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting

Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or

•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been 

received from branches not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or

•  the financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns. 

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Other matter

We have reported separately on the Group financial statements of YouGov plc for the year ended 31 July 2018.

Julian Jenkins (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London

9 October 2018

110  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

 
Parent Company Statement of Financial Position 
as at 31 July 2018

Note

31 July 2018 
£’000

31 July 2017 
£’000

Assets

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investment in subsidiaries

Investments in associates

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets 

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Current tax liabilities

Contingent consideration

Provisions

Total current liabilities 

Net current assets 

Non-current liabilities

Provisions

Contingent consideration

Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Equity

Issued share capital

Share premium

Merger reserve

Retained earnings:

As at 1 August

Profit for the year

Other changes in retained earnings

Retained earnings as at 31 July

Total equity 

6

7

8

9

15

10

11

12

13

14

14

13

15

17

17

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

 1,859

 410

 49,893

 280

 2,607

 55,049

36,359 

 12,136

48,495 

103,544 

1,893

530

46,497

280

1,633

50,833

34,810

11,184

45,994

96,827

21,152 

27,840

494 

899 

1,628 

24,173 

24,322 

1,005 

4,837 

– 

5,842 

30,015 

73,529 

 211

 31,300

 9,239

25,566 

5,022 

2,191 

32,779 

73,529 

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

342

–

1,461

29,643

16,351

877

–

30

907

30,550

66,277

211

31,261

9,239

21,367

3,826

373

25,566

66,277

The notes and accounting policies on pages 114 to 127 form an integral part of these financial statements. The financial statements 
on pages 111 to 117 were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 9 October 2018 and signed on its behalf by:

Alex McIntosh, 
Chief Financial Officer  

YouGov plc 
Registered No. 03607311

111

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity 
for the year ended 31 July 2018

Balance at 31 August 2016 

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive income for the year

Issue of shares

Dividends paid

Share-based payments

Tax in relation to share-based payments

Total transactions with owners recognised 
directly in equity 

Balance at 31 July 2017 and 1 August 2017

Profit for the year

Total comprehensive gain for the year

Dividends paid

Share-based payments

Tax in relation to share-based payments

Total transactions with owners recognised 
directly in equity

Note

Share 
capital 
£’000 

209

Share
premium 
£’000 

31,086

Merger
reserve
 £’000 

9,239

17

5

18

15

5

18

15

–

–

2

–

–

–

2

211

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

175

–

–

–

175

31,261

–

–

–

39

–

39

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

9,239

–

–

–

–

–

–

Balance at 31 July 2018

211

31,300

9,239

The notes and accounting policies on pages 114 to 127 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Retained 
earnings 
£’000 

21,367

3,826

7,082

(2)

(1,470)

1,488

357

373

25,566

5,022

5,022

(2,106)

3,571

726

2,191

32,779

Total
 equity 
£’000

61,901

3,826

7,082

175

(1,470)

1,488

357

550

66,277

5,022

5,022

(2,106)

3,610

726

2,230

73,529

112  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Note

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

5,694 

4,338

(1,170) 

(2,134)

Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows 
for the year ended 31 July 2018

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit before taxation

Adjustments for:

Finance income

Finance costs

Amortisation of intangibles

Depreciation

Share-based payments

Other non-cash profit items

Increase in trade and other receivables

Increase in trade and other payables

Increase in provisions

Cash generated from operations

Interest paid 

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible assets

Interest received

Dividends received from subsidiaries

Dividends received from associates

Net cash generated from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Intercompany loans provided

Proceeds from the issue of share capital

Dividends paid to shareholders

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Exchange gain on cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

391 

 964

 262

1,317 

(1,519) 

(623) 

1,357 

295 

6,968 

(796) 

6,172 

(1,104) 

(142) 

(930) 

21 

–  

– 

(2,155) 

(1,084) 

– 

 (2,106)

(3,190) 

 827

11,184 

125 

12,136 

6

7

4,18

15

7

6

17

5

11

The notes and accounting policies on pages 114 to 127 form an integral part of these financial statements.

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

288

896

253

784

–

(11,282)

8,404

130

1,677

–

1,677

–

(235)

(1,434)

30

1,925

–

286

–

174

(1,470)

(1,296)

667

10,355

162

11,184

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 July 2018

1 Significant accounting policies

The separate financial statements of the Company are presented as required by the Companies Act 2006. As permitted by that 
Act, the separate financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as 
issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). The financial statements have also been prepared in accordance 
with IFRSs adopted for use in the European Union and UK company law. 

The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis. The principal accounting policies adopted are the same 
as those set out in the consolidated financial statements with the addition of the policies noted below. 

Investments in subsidiaries and investments in associates are stated at cost less, where appropriate, provisions for impairment.

The grant by the Company of options over its equity instruments to the employees of subsidiary undertakings in the Group is 
treated as a capital contribution. The fair value of employee services received, measured by reference to the grant date fair value, is 
recognised over the vesting period as an increase to investment in subsidiary undertakings, with a corresponding credit to equity.

2 Profit of the parent company

The parent company has taken advantage of Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and has not included its own profit and loss 
account in these financial statements. The parent company’s profit for the year was £5,022,000 (2017: £3,826,000). 

3 Auditors’ remuneration

Auditors’ remuneration:

Fees payable for the audit of the parent company

Fees payable for the audit of the consolidated financial statements

Tax compliance services

Tax advisory services

Other advisory services

Total auditors’ remuneration

4 Staff costs and numbers

Staff costs (including Directors) charged to operating expenses during the year were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Share-based payments (Note 18)

Other pension costs

Other benefits 

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

31

133

17

91

– 

272

2018 
£’000

10,298

1,580

1,317

396

2,520

16,111

28

88

16

10

–

142

2017 
£’000

9,747

1,213

784

298

2,993

15,035

Pension costs are contributions made on behalf of employees to defined contribution pension schemes. Other benefits include 
staff bonuses paid in cash and private healthcare insurance.

114  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

4 Staff costs and numbers continued

The monthly average number of employees of the Company during the year was as follows:

Key management personnel

Administration and operations

2018 
Number

2017 
Number

16

203

219

20

187

207

Specific disclosures in relation to compensation for key management personnel (defined as Board and Divisional, Product and 
Function Heads) who held office during the year was as follows:

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

2018 
£’000

2,030

26

1,271

3,327

2017 
£’000

2,765

68

760

3,593

Disclosure of Directors’ remuneration, including share options, are included in the Remuneration Report on pages 50 to 54.

5 Dividend

On 5 December 2017, a final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 July 2017 of £2,106,000 (2.0p per share) (2016: £1,470,000 
(1.4p per share)) was paid to Shareholders. A dividend in respect of the year ended 31 July 2018 of 3.0p per share, amounting to 
a total dividend of £3,165,000 is to be proposed at the Annual General Meeting on 12 December 2018. These financial statements 
do not reflect this proposed dividend payable.

115

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

6 Intangible assets

At 1 August 2016

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Net book amount

Year ended 31 July 2016

Opening net book amount

Additions

Amortisation charge

Closing net book amount

At 31 July 2017 and 1 August 2017

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Net book amount

Year ended 31 July 2018

Opening net book amount

Additions

Amortisation charge

Closing net book amount

At 31 July 2018

Cost

Accumulated amortisation

Net book amount

Consumer
panel 
£’000

Software and 
software 
development 
£’000

Patents and 
trademarks 
£’000

Product 
development 
costs
£’000 

2,095

(1,362)

733

733

1,355

(630)

1,458

3,450

(1,992)

1,458

1,458

589

(744)

1,303

4,039

(2,736)

1,303

2,737

(2,306)

431

431

21

(243)

209

2,758

(2,549)

209

209

291

(218)

282

3,049

(2,767)

282

167

–

167

167

21

–

188

188

–

188

188

38

– 

226

226

– 

226

482

(457)

25

25

36

(23)

38

518

(480)

38

38

12

(2)

48

530

(482)

48

Total 
£’000

5,481

(4,125)

1,356

1,356

1,433

(896)

1,893

6,914

(5,021)

1,893

1,893

930

(964)

1,859

7,844

(5,985)

1,859

116  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

7 Property, plant and equipment

At 1 August 2016

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Year ended 31 July 2017

Opening net book amount

Additions

Depreciation

Closing net book amount

At 31 July 2017 and 1 August 2017

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Year ended 31 July 2018

Opening net book amount

Additions

Depreciation

Closing net book amount

At 31 July 2018

Cost

Accumulated depreciation

Net book amount

Leasehold 
property 
improvements 
£’000

Computer 
equipment
£’000

Fixtures and 
fittings 
£’000 

589

(358)

231

231

44

(84)

191

633

(442)

191

191

–  

(92) 

99

633 

 (534)

99

511

(321)

190

190

161

(135)

216

672

(456)

216

216

 109

(131) 

194

781 

(587) 

194

499

(372)

127

127

30

(34)

123

529

(406)

123

123

 33

 (39)

 117

562 

(445) 

 117

Total 
£’000

1,599

(1,051)

548

548

235

(253)

530

1,834

(1,304)

530

530

142 

(262) 

410 

1,976 

(1,566) 

410 

All property, plant and equipment disclosed above are free from restrictions on title. No property, plant and equipment either 
in 2018 or 2017 has been pledged as security against the liabilities of the Company.

117

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

8 Investments in subsidiaries

Balance at 1 August

Acquired through business combinations

Additional investment in existing subsidiaries

Investment in new subsidiaries

Distributions on closure of subsidiaries

Share-based payments charge

Settlement of fully vested share options

Balance at 31 July

2018 
£’000

46,497

8,409

10

63

(7,110)

2,254

(230)

2017 
£’000

46,484

–

–

– 

– 

704

(691)

49,893

46,497

The value of investments is determined on the basis of the cost to the Company. The Directors believe that the carrying value of 
the investments is supported by their underlying net assets.

The details of the parent company’s subsidiaries are shown in Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements.

9 Investment in associates

Balance at 1 August 

Acquisition of associate

Balance at 31 July

2018 
£’000

280

– 

280

2017 
£’000

280

–

280

At 31 July 2018 the Company had interests in the following associates:

Investment

Country of 
incorporation

Class of 
share capital 
held

By parent 
company

By the 
Group

Nature of the 
business

Financial 
year end

Proportion held

Portent.io Limited

Associate

England

Ordinary

35%

35% Market research

31 October

10 Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Amounts owed by associates

Other receivables

Prepayments

Accrued income

Provision for trade receivables

2018 
£’000

6,370

24,865

270

169

549

4,312

36,535

(176)

36,359

2017 
£’000

4,957

26,746

133

143

614

2,361

34,954

(144)

34,810

The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximate to their fair value. The amounts due 
from Group undertakings are repayable on demand and are non-interest bearing.

118  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

10 Trade and other receivables continued

As at 31 July 2018, trade receivables of £2,814,000 (2017: £2,837,000) were overdue but not impaired. These relate to a number of 
customers for which there is no recent history of default or any other indication that the receivable should not be fully collectable. 
The ageing analysis of past due trade receivables which are not impaired is as follows:

Up to three months overdue

Three to six months overdue

Six months to one year overdue

More than one year overdue

Movement on the Company provision for impairment of trade receivables is as follows:

Provision for receivables impairment at 1 August

Provision created in the year

Provision utilised in the year

Provision for receivables impairment at 31 July

31 July 2018 
£’000

31 July 2017 
£’000

1,447

1,064

253

50

2,814

2018 
£’000

144

32

– 

176

2,216

621

–

–

2,837

2017 
£’000

111

112

(79)

144

The creation and release of the provision for impaired receivables has been included in the income statement. The other classes 
within trade and other receivables do not contain impaired assets. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the 
carrying value of each class of receivable mentioned above. The Company does not hold any collateral as security.

The average length of time taken by customers to settle receivables is 59 days (2017: 52 days). Concentrations of credit risk do exist 
with certain clients with which we have trading relationships but none has a history of default and all command a certain stature 
within the marketplace, which minimises any potential risk of default. Material balances (defined as greater than £250,000 (2017: 
greater than £250,000)) represent 0% of trade receivables (2017: 7%).

11 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

Cash and cash equivalents (excluding bank overdrafts)

31 July 2018 
£’000

31 July 2017 
£’000

12,136

12,136

11,184

11,184

Cash and cash equivalents are held at either variable rates or at rates fixed for periods of no longer than three months.

12 Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Amounts owed to associates

Accruals

Deferred income

Other payables

31 July 2018 
£’000

31 July 2017 
£’000

968

8,877

– 

4,656

4,016

2,635

21,152

234

18,832

8

4,088

2,399

2,279

27,840

Amounts payable to Group undertakings are repayable on demand and non-interest bearing. 

Included within other payables are £80,000 (2017: £59,000) of contributions due in respect of defined contribution pension schemes.

119

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

13 Contingent consideration

At 1 August 2017

Provided in the year

Discount unwinding

Balance at 31 July 2018

Included within current liabilities

Included within non-current liabilities

14 Provisions for other liabilities and charges

At 1 August 2016

Provided during the year

Utilised during the year

Balance at 31 July 2017 and 1 August 2017

Included within current liabilities

Included within non-current liabilities

Provided during the year

Utilised during the year

Balance at 31 July 2018

Included within current liabilities

Included within non-current liabilities

SMG Insight 
£’000

–

5,727

9 

5,736 

899

4,837

Panel
incentives
£’000

2,209

2,761

(2,632)

2,338

1,461

877

3,126

Total 
£’000

–

5,727

9 

5,736 

899

4,837

Total 
£’000

2,209

2,761

(2,632)

2,338

1,461

877

3,126

(2,831)

(2,831)

2,633

1,628

1,005

2,633

1,628

1,005

The panel incentive provision represents the Directors’ best estimate of the future liability in relation to the value of panel incentives 
that have accrued in the panellists’ virtual accounts up to 31 July 2018. The provision of £2.6m represents 46% of the maximum 
potential liability of £5.8m (2017: £2.3m representing 46% of the maximum potential liability of £5.1m). The factors considered in 
estimating the appropriate percentage of the total potential liability to be provided against at each reporting date include: panel 
churn rates, panel activity rates and current redemption patterns.

15 Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax asset

Balance at 1 August 2016

Recognised in the income statement

Recognised in equity

Balance at 31 July 2017 and 1 August 2017

Recognised in the income statement

Recognised in equity

Balance at 31 July 2018

Property, 
plant and 
equipment
£’000

Tax 
losses 
£’000

Other
timing
differences
£’000

63

(9)

–

54

(4)

– 

50

198

(101)

–

97

19

– 

116

1,155

(30)

357

1,482

233

726

2,441

Total 
£’000

1,416

(140)

357

1,633

248

726

2,607

£392,000 (2017: 204,000) of the above deferred tax assets are expected to be recovered within one year.

Deferred tax assets have been recognised only to the extent where management budgets and forecasts show sufficient profits 
being generated to discharge these in the short term. Utilisation of tax losses is dependent upon future profits being generated.

120  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

15 Deferred tax assets and liabilities continued

Deferred tax liabilities

Balance at 1 August 2016

Recognised in the income statement

Balance at 31 July 2017

Recognised in the income statement

Balance at 31 July 2018

£nil (2017: 30,000) of the above deferred tax liabilities are expected to be recovered within one year.

The net movement on the deferred income tax account is as follows:

Balance at 1 August

Recognised in the income statement

Recognised in equity

Balance at 31 July

Intangible
assets 
£’000

–

30

30

(30) 

–  

2018 
£’000

1,603

278

726

2,607

Total 
£’000

–

30

30

(30) 

 – 

2017 
£’000

1,416

(170)

357

1,603

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

16 Risk management objectives and policies

The Company is exposed to foreign currency, capital, liquidity and interest rate risk, which result from both its operating and 
investing activities. The Group’s risk management is coordinated in close cooperation with the Board of Directors, and focuses on 
actively securing the Company’s short-to-medium-term cash flows by minimising the exposure to financial markets. The most 
significant financial risks to which the Company is exposed are described below. Also refer to the accounting policies.

Foreign currency risk

The Company is exposed to translation and transaction foreign exchange risk. The currencies where the Company is most exposed 
to volatility are the US Dollars and Euro. Currently, the Company aims to align assets and liabilities. The Company will continue to 
review its currency risk position as the overall business profile changes.

The presentational and transactional currency of the Company is considered to be UK Sterling.

Foreign currency denominated financial assets and liabilities, translated into UK Sterling at the closing rate are as follows:

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Short-term exposure

Financial assets

Financial liabilities

Long-term exposure

2018 
£’000

2017 
£’000

US 
Dollar

4,241

(54)

4,187

– 

– 

– 

Euro 

861

(117)

744

– 

– 

– 

Other
Currencies

2

(3)

(1)

– 

– 

– 

US 
Dollar

956

–

956

–

–

–

Euro 

282

–

282

–

–

–

Other
Currencies

–

–

–

–

–

–

121

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

16 Risk management objectives and policies continued

Liquidity risk

The Company seeks to manage financial risk by ensuring sufficient liquidity is available to meet foreseeable needs and to invest 
cash assets safely and profitably.

The Company currently has no general borrowing arrangement in place and prepares cash flow forecasts which are reviewed at 
Board meetings to ensure liquidity.

As at 31 July 2018, the Group’s liabilities have undiscounted contractual maturities, which are summarised below:

2018

2017

Current

Non-current

Current

Non-current

At 31 July

Trade and other payables

Contingent consideration

Within 
6 months 
£’000

3,603

6 to 12 
months 
£’000

1–5 years
£’000

Later than 
5 years 
£’000

Within 
6 months 
£’000

6 to 12 
months 
£’000

1–5 years
£’000

Later than 
5 years 
£’000

– 

– 

– 

898

4,837

– 

– 

2,514

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

The Company has sufficient financial risk management policies in place to ensure that all trade payables are settled within the 
respective credit period.

Capital risk management

The Company manages its capital to ensure that it is able to continue as a going concern. The Board has taken the decision 
at this stage to minimise external debt, whilst trying to maximise earnings from the cash currently held. Capital consists of the 
following items: 

Cash and cash equivalents

Equity attributable to Shareholders of the parent company

The Company has no externally imposed capital requirements.

Interest rate risk

31 July 2018 
£’000

31 July 2017 
£’000

12,136

(73,529)

(61,393)

11,184

(66,277)

(55,093)

The Group manages its interest rate risk by negotiating fixed interest rates on deposits for periods of up to three months. 
The average cash and cash equivalents balance, net of bank overdrafts, over the course of the year was £11.7m (2017: £10.1m). 
Management does not believe that the Group is subject to interest rate risk.

Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities

Where market values are not available, fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities have been calculated by discounting 
expected future cash flows at prevailing interest rates and by applying year end foreign exchange rates.

Primary financial instruments held or issued to finance the Company’s operations:

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other payables

Contingent consideration

31 July 2018

31 July 2017

Book value 
£’000

Fair value 
£’000

Book value 
£’000

Fair value 
£’000

30,055

12,136

(13,692)

(5,736)

30,055

12,136

(13,692)

(5,736)

34,196

11,184

(25,441)

–

34,196

11,184

(25,441)

–

122  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

16 Risk management objectives and policies continued

Fair value estimation

The table below analyses financial instruments carried at fair value, by valuation method. The different levels have been defined 
as follows: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1); inputs other than quoted prices 
included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from 
prices) (Level 2); Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (Level 3).

31 July 2018
£’000

31 July 2017
£’000

Current

Non-current

Current

Non-current

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Liabilities

Level 1 
£’000

Level 2
£’000

Level 3 
£’000

Contingent consideration

– 

– 

5,736

Total
£’000

5,736

Level 1 
£’000

Level 2
£’000

Level 3 
£’000

–

–

–

The following table presents the changes in Level 3 instruments.

Contingent consideration

Balance at 1 August

Provided consideration on business combination

Recognised in the income statement

Balance at 31 July

17 Share capital and share premium

2018 
£’000

–

5,727

9

5,736

The Company only has one class of share. Par value of each Ordinary Share is 0.2p. All issued shares are fully paid.

At 1 August 2016

Issue of shares

At 31 July 2017

Issue of shares

At 31 July 2018

18 Share-based payments

Number of
shares

104,299,052

999,657

105,298,709

193,101

105,491,810

Share 
capital 
£’000

209

2

211

–

211

Share 
premium 
£’000

31,086

175

31,261

39

31,300

Total
£’000

–

2017 
£’000

–

–

–

–

Total 
£’000

31,295

177

31,472

39

31,511

The charge in relation to the share-based payments in the year ended 31 July 2018 was £1,317,000 (2017: £784,000). Details of the 
number of share options and the weighted average exercise price (WAEP) outstanding during the year are as follows:

Approved and Unapproved share option schemes

Approved share option scheme

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Forfeited during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2018 WAEP

Number

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2017 WAEP

Number

60,721

–

(60,721)

–

–

–

£

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

£

1.645

–

1.645

–

–

–

123

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

18 Share-based payments continued

Unapproved share option scheme

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Forfeited during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2018 WAEP

Number

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2017 WAEP

Number

21,346

–

(21,346)

–

–

–

£

1.645

–

1.645

–

–

–

£

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Expiry dates as standard are seven years from the vesting date. Vesting criteria are time based and contingent on continued 
employment with YouGov rather than performance based. The charge in relation to the approved and unapproved share option 
schemes in the year ended 31 July 2018 was £nil (2017: £nil).

Long Term Incentive Plan 2009

During the year ended 31 July 2018, the Long Term Incentive Plan 2009 (“LTIP 2009”) for Executive Directors, Senior Executives and 
senior managers continued to operate but no new awards were made under the LTIP 2009 as it has been replaced by two new 
incentive plans summarised below. The rules governing the LTIP 2009 are summarised in the Remuneration Report on page 52. 
The charge in relation to the LTIP 2009 in the year ended 31 July 2018 was £nil (2017: £49,000). This charge was valued using a 
Monte Carlo simulation.

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Employee transfers during the year

Granted during the year

Exercised during the year

Forfeited during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2018 
Number

497,421

– 

– 

(41,354)

– 

456,067

456,067

2017 
Number

844,205

(7,172)

–

(324,210)

(15,402)

497,421

497,421

The weighted average share price at the date LTIP 2009 options were exercised was £3.59. All of the above are nil cost options.

During the year ended 31 July 2015, two new incentive plans were introduced: a new Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP 2014”) for the 
Group’s Directors and senior managers and a new Deferred Share Bonus Plan (“DSBP 2014”) for those managers not participating in 
the new LTIP.

124  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

18 Share-based payments continued

Long Term Incentive Plan 2014

Awards under the LTIP 2014 are made in the form of nil-cost options as with the LTIP 2009. The maximum total number of shares 
to be awarded to each participant has been set based on their salary in the year ended 31 July 2015 and the share price at the start 
of the plan. These awards are to be granted in three equal tranches in October 2015, 2016 and 2017 with an additional award of 
384,993 options in April 2018. Receipt of an award in each of those years will be dependent upon the achievement of specific and 
demanding personal targets set for that individual in the previous financial year. Vesting of awards will depend on the Company 
achieving stretching targets relating to compound growth in adjusted earnings per share (“EPS”) over the five years ending 31 July 
2019 and on improvement in its operating margins. Part of the Chief Executive Officer’s award is also subject to a Total Shareholder 
Return (“TSR”) condition, this part of the award will only vest if the EPS performance condition is met in full and the Company’s TSR 
has grown by 200%. 

The maximum number of options that can be granted under this scheme is 4,271,000 and the charge in relation to the LTIP 2014 in 
the year ended 31 July 2018 was £1,212,000 (2017: £684,000).

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Employee transfers during the year

Granted during the year

Vested during the year

Forfeited during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

All of the above are nil cost options.

2018 
Number

2017 
Number

2,891,842

1,703,271

(1,707,719)

– 

744,752

1,188,571

– 

– 

–

–

1,928,875

2,891,842

– 

–

The fair value of 2015 award options granted during the year was £1.01 per option and the fair value of 2018 award options granted 
during the year was £3.56. The assumptions used in both the Black Scholes and Monte Carlo Simulation model in calculating the 
fair values of the options granted during the year are disclosed in Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements. 

Deferred Share Bonus Plan 2014

The DSBP 2014 delivers a portion of managers’ (enhanced) annual bonus in shares, which must be retained for a period of two 
years and are subject to continued employment. The charge in relation to the DSBP 2014 in the year ended 31 July 2018 was 
£105,000 (2017: £51,000).

Outstanding at the beginning of the year

Granted during the year

Vested during the year

Forfeited during the year

Outstanding at the end of the year

Exercisable at the end of the year

2018 
Number

92,764

35,977

(26,896)

(12,286)

89,559

28,414

2017 
Number

87,107

50,953

–

(45,296)

92,764

–

All of the above are nil cost options. The fair value of options granted during the year, determined using the Black Scholes model, 
was £3.11 per option. The assumptions used in the Black Scholes model in calculating the fair values of the options granted during 
the year are disclosed in Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements.

125

 
 
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements 
for the year ended 31 July 2018 continued

19 Leasing commitments

The future aggregate minimum lease rentals to be paid under non-cancellable operating leases at 31 July 2018 are as follows:

In one year or less

Between one and five years

In five years or more

31 July 2018

31 July 2017

Land and 
buildings 
£’000

76

10

– 

86 

Other 
£’000

– 

– 

– 

– 

Land and 
buildings 
£’000

497

1,990

538

3,025

Other 
£’000

–

–

–

–

The lease rental costs charged to the income statement for the year ended 31 July 2018 amounted to £521,000 (2017: £501,000).

20 Capital commitments

At 31 July 2018, the Company had capital commitments of £nil (2017: £2,000).

21 Major non-cash transactions

There were no major non-cash transactions in the year or the prior year.

22 Transactions with Directors and other related parties

Other than emoluments and the transactions set out below, there have been no transactions with Directors during the year.

As at 31 July 2018 Rosamund Shakespeare, the wife of Stephan Shakespeare, held 559,404 Ordinary Shares in the Company.

Prior to the acquisition of SMG Insight Limited, the Company provided £115,000 of research services and charged rent of £55,000 to 
SMG Insight Limited, an associate, and was charged £84,000 for research services by SMG Insight Limited. 

As at 31 July 2018, a loan of £270,000 was receivable from Portent.io Limited. 

On 10 December 2013, YouGov plc entered into a joint development agreement with Crunch.io Inc, a US company in which Doug 
Rivers, an Executive Director of YouGov plc, has an equity interest of 40%. YouGov and Crunch.io Limited have agreed jointly to fund 
the development of a cloud-based data analytics software application in which both parties have usage rights. 

Trading between YouGov plc and Group companies is excluded from the related party note as this has been eliminated 
on consolidation.

23 Events after the reporting year

On 21 August 2018 YouGov plc acquired a 100% share in Inconversation Media Limited, an audience conversation platform that 
allows brands and organisations to build conversation channels with their audiences.

On 28 August 2018 a new lease was signed for the London office. The initial term of the lease is 5 years, and the minimum amount 
payable during this period is £4,193,000.

On 6 September 2018 YouGov plc reached an agreement with Crunch.io Inc., with which it held a joint development agreement, to 
acquire Crunch.io Inc.’s share of the intangible software assets developed under the agreement.

126  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

24 Registered addresses

Subsidiary Company

Registered Addresses

YouGov plc

CoEditor LTD

Crunch Cloud Analytics Limited

Doughty Media 2 LTD

InConversation Media Limited

Margaux Matrix Limited

SMG Insight Limited

YGV Finance Limited

YouGov Crunch Limited

YouGov Services Limited

YouGov Stone Limited

Consilium Asia Limited

Consilium Limited

50 Featherstone Street, London, EC1Y 8RT, United Kingdom

Room 22D, Shuguang Building, No. 189 Puan Road, Shanghai, 200021, China

9/F, Skyway Centre, 23 Queen’s Road West, Sheung Wan, Hong Kong

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

i

F
n
a
n
c
a
l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Iridescent Productions Company Limited

240/2/580 Ashtar Compound, Ankawa, Erbil, Kurdistan Region, Iraq

MMH 2014 Limited

115, George’s Street, 4th Floor, Edinburgh, EH2 4JN, Scotland

PT YouGov Consulting Indonesia

62, Setiabudi One 2 Building, 6th Floor Suite 605C, JI HR Rasuna Said Kav 62,12920, 
Jakarta, Republic of Indonesia

YG Research India Private Limited

Kaledonia 1st Floor, Sahar Road, Andheri East, Mumbai, 400069, India

YouGov America Inc

805 Veterans Blvd, Suite 202, Redwood City, CA, 94063, USA

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a

l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

YouGov America Holdings LLC

YouGov Data & Analytics GmbH

41, Sebastian-Kneipp-Straße, Frankfurt am Main, 60439, Germany

YouGov Deutschland GmbH

Gustav-Heinemann-Ufer 72, 50968, Cologne, Germany

YouGov Finland OY

YouGov France SASU

Sales Questor Oy, Myllypellontie 3 C 63, 00650, Helsinki, Finland

29 Rue du Louvre, 75002, Paris, France

YouGov Galaxy Pty Limited

Level 5, 580 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia

YouGov Research Pty Ltd

YouGov Italia S.R.L.

YouGov M.E. Egypt LLC

YouGov M.E. FZ LLC

Via Leone XII, N. 14, Milan, Italy

115 Althawra St., Heliopolis, Cairo, Egypt

Suites 302 and 303, Cayan Business Center, Barsha Heights, Dubai, UAE

YouGov Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.

33-1, Level 1, Jalan 4/93, Taman Miharja Cheras, Kuala Lumpur, 55200, Malaysia

YouGov Nordic and Baltic A/S

Bryggervangen 55, 1.th, DK-2100, Copenhagen, Denmark

YouGov Norway AS

Møllergata 8, 0179, Oslo, Norway

YouGov Poland Sp. z o.o.

17/9, Ul. Wiejska, Warsaw, 00-480, Poland

YouGov Singapore Pte Ltd

67, Tanjong Pagar Road, #02-01, Singapore, 088488, Singapore

YouGov Spain S.L.

YouGov SRL

YouGov Sweden AB

YouGov (Thailand) CO. LTD

19, Calle de Prim, Madrid, 28004, Spain

85, str. Buzesti, sector 1, Bucharest, Romania

Holländargatan 17 B, 111 60, Stockholm Sweden

152, Chartered Square Building, 12Ath Floor, Unit 12A-01, North Sathorn Road, Silom, 
Bangrak, Bangkok, 10500, Thailand

127

 
 
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Notice of Annual General Meeting

Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting of YouGov plc will be held at 50 Featherstone Street, London, EC1Y 8RT on 
Wednesday 12 December 2018 at 8.30am to consider and, if thought fit, pass the resolutions below.

Resolutions 13 and 14 will be proposed as Special Resolutions. All other Resolutions will be proposed as Ordinary Resolutions.

Ordinary Resolutions

Resolution 1
Report and accounts
To receive the Company’s annual accounts for the financial year ended 31 July 2018, together with the Directors’ report and the 
auditors’ report on those accounts.

Resolution 2
Directors’ remuneration report 
To approve the Directors’ remuneration report set out in the annual report and accounts for the financial year ended 31 July 2018.

Resolution 3
Appointment of auditors
To reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors to hold office from the conclusion of this meeting until the conclusion of the 
next general meeting of the Company at which accounts are laid.

Resolution 4
Remuneration of auditors
To authorise the Directors to fix the remuneration of the auditors.

Resolution 5
Election of Sundip Chahal as Director
To elect Sundip Chahal as a Director who retires at the first AGM following his appointment, in accordance with the Company’s Articles 
of Association.

Resolution 6
Election of Ashley Martin as Director
To elect Ashley Martin as a Director who retires at the first AGM following his appointment, in accordance with the Company’s Articles 
of Association.

Resolution 7
Election of Alexander McIntosh as Director
To elect Alexander McIntosh as a Director who retires at the first AGM following his appointment, in accordance with the Company’s 
Articles of Association.

Resolution 8
Election of Andrea Newman as Director
To elect Andrea Newman as a Director who retires at the first AGM following her appointment, in accordance with the Company’s 
Articles of Association.

Resolution 9
Re-Election of Roger Parry as Director
To re-elect Roger Parry as a Director, who retires by rotation in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association.

Resolution 10
Re-Election of Benjamin Elliot as Director
To re-elect Benjamin Elliot as a Director, who retires by rotation in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association.

Resolution 11
Dividend
To declare a final dividend of 3.0 pence per ordinary share to be paid on Monday 17 December 2018 to those shareholders on the 
register of members as at Friday 7 December 2018.

Resolution 12
Directors’ authority to allot shares 
To generally and unconditionally authorise the Directors (in substitution for all subsisting authorities to the extent unused, other than 
in respect of any allotments made pursuant to offers or agreements made prior to the passing of this resolution) for the purposes 

128  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a
l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

of section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 (the “2016 Act”) to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company 
(“Shares”) and grant rights to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, Shares (“Subscription or Conversion Rights”) up to an 
aggregate nominal amount of £10,550 provided that this authority shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of 
the Company after the passing of this resolution or on 31 December 2018, whichever is the earlier, save that the Company may, before 
such expiry, make an offer or agreement which would or might require Shares to be allotted or Subscription or Conversion Rights to 
be granted after such expiry and the Directors may allot Shares and grant Subscription or Conversion Rights in pursuance of any such 
offer or agreement as if this authority had not so expired.

Special Resolutions

Resolution 13
Authority for disapplication of pre-emption rights 
That conditional on the passing of Resolution 12 above, that the Directors be and are hereby empowered in accordance with section 
570 and section 573 of the Companies Act 2006 to allot equity securities (within the meaning of section 560 of that Act) for cash, either 
pursuant to the authority conferred by Resolution 12 or by way of a sale of treasury shares, as if section 561(1) of that Act did not apply 
to any such allotment, provided that this power shall be limited to:

(a) the allotment of equity securities in connection with an offer of such securities:

(i) to holders of ordinary shares in proportion (as nearly as may be practicable) to their respective holdings of such shares; and

(ii)  to holders of other securities as required by the rights of those securities or as the Directors otherwise consider necessary, but 
subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Directors may deem necessary or expedient in relation to treasury 
shares, fractional entitlements, record dates, legal, regulatory or practical problems in or under the laws of any territory or the 
requirements of any regulatory body or any stock exchange; and

(b)  the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to paragraph (a) above) of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £10,550 
and shall expire at the conclusion of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this resolution or on 
31 December 2018, whichever is the earlier, save that the Company may before such expiry make offers or agreements which 
would or might require equity securities to be allotted after such expiry and the Directors may allot equity securities in pursuance 
of any such offers or agreements as if the power conferred hereby had not expired.

Resolution 14
Purchase of own shares for market value
That the Company be and is hereby generally and unconditionally authorised for the purposes of Section 701 of the 2006 Act to make 
one or more market purchases (as defined in Section 693(4) of the 2006 Act) on the London Stock Exchange of ordinary shares of 0.2p 
each of the Company provided that: 

(a)  the maximum aggregate number of ordinary shares hereby authorised to be purchased is 10,549,181 (representing 10% of the 

Company’s issued ordinary share capital at the date of this notice); and

(b)  the minimum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for each ordinary share is 0.2p; and

(c)  the maximum price (exclusive of expenses) which may be paid for each ordinary share will not be more than the price permitted 
by the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority at the time of purchase (which is currently the higher of an amount equal to 105% 
of the average of the middle market quotations of an ordinary share of the Company, as derived from the Daily Official List of 
the London Stock Exchange for the 5 business days immediately preceding the day on which such share is contracted to be 
purchased and an amount equal to the higher of:

(i) the price of the last independent trade of an ordinary share; and

(ii) the highest current independent bid for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Trading System.)

(d)  unless previously renewed, revoked or varied, this authority shall continue for the period ending on the date of the Annual 

General Meeting in 2019 or 31 December 2019, whichever is the earlier, provided that, if the Company has agreed before this date 
to purchase ordinary shares where these purchases will or may be executed after the authority terminates (either wholly or in 
part), the Company may complete such purchases.

By order of the Board:

Tilly Heald
Company Secretary 

9 October 2018

Registered Office:  
50 Featherstone Street,  
London EC1Y 8RT  
Registered in England and Wales No. 03607311 

129

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Notes to the Notice of Annual General Meeting

Explanatory Notes to the Notice of Annual General Meeting

Resolutions 1 to 12 are proposed as Ordinary Resolutions. This means that for each of those Resolutions to be passed, more than half 
of the votes cast must be in favour of the Resolution. 

Resolutions 13 and 14 are proposed as Special Resolutions. This means that for each Resolution to be passed, at least three-quarters 
of the votes cast must be in favour of the Resolution.

Resolution 5 – 8 Explanatory Notes
Each of the Directors proposed for election in Resolutions 5, 6, 7 and 8 were appointed by the Board during the 12 month period since 
the 2017 AGM. In accordance with the Articles of Association, each Director is proposed for election by the Shareholders in general 
meeting. For more information about the Directors’ background and experience, please see pages 42 and 43.

Resolution 9 Explanatory Notes
Roger Parry, Non-Executive Director and Chair, retires by rotation in accordance with the Articles of Association. Roger was last  
re-elected at the 2016 AGM.

Roger reached nine years’ tenure on the Board as of the 2016 AGM. The Board has confirmed that Roger continues to be effective 
in, and demonstrates commitment to, his role, including time commitment for Board meetings. The Board is satisfied that Roger 
continues to be independent in both character and judgement and unanimously recommends his re-election.

Resolution 10 Explanatory Notes
Benjamin Elliot, Non-Executive Director, retires by rotation in accordance with the Articles of Association. He was last re-elected at the 
2016 AGM.

Resolution 13 Explanatory Notes
Under section 561 of the Companies Act 2006, when new shares are allotted, they must first be offered to existing shareholders 
pro-rata to their holdings. This Special Resolution renews the authorities previously granted to the Directors to: (a) allot shares of the 
Company in connection with a rights issue or other pre-emptive offer; and (b) otherwise allot shares of the Company, or sell treasury 
shares for cash, up to an aggregate nominal value of £10,550 (representing in accordance with institutional investor guidelines, 
approximately 5% of the share capital in issue as at 5 October 2018 (being the last practicable date prior to the publication of this 
notice)) as if the pre-emption rights of Section 561 did not apply. The authority granted by this resolution shall expire at the conclusion 
of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company after the passing of this resolution or on 31 December 2019, whichever is 
the earlier. 

Resolution 14 Explanatory Notes
The Directors consider that it would be appropriate and that it would promote the success of the Company, for the benefit of its 
members as a whole, to seek authority to make market purchases of its ordinary shares on the London Stock Exchange, up to a 
limit of 10% of its issued ordinary share capital. The maximum and minimum prices are stated in Resolution 14. Any ordinary shares 
purchased under this authority may either be cancelled or held as treasury shares. Treasury shares may subsequently be cancelled, 
sold for cash or used to satisfy options issued to employees pursuant to an employee share plan. 

The Board have no present intention to exercise the authority to purchase the Company’s ordinary shares, however they consider it 
prudent to have the authority to do so should it be in the best interests of the Company to undertake a share buy-back upon vesting 
of the Company’s Long Term Incentive Plan which is due to vest in 2019 (the LTIP 2014). The Directors will keep the matter under 
review, taking into account the overall financial position of the Company. The authority will be exercised only if the Directors believe 
that in doing so it is likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole. 

As at 5 October 2018, being the last practicable date prior to the publication of this notice, there were employee share plan options 
over 7,908,363 ordinary shares in the capital of the Company, which represent 7.5% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital at 
that date. This figure of ordinary shares includes both vested and unvested employee share options. If all share options were to vest 
in full, and authority under this resolution to purchase the Company’s ordinary shares was exercised in full, the proportion of ordinary 
shares subject to such options would represent 7.5% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital as at 5 October 2018, being the 
latest practicable date before publication of this notice. 

130  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

i

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c
r
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

i

F
n
a
n
c
a

i

l
s
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

A
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a
l

i

n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n

Note on voting procedures
1.  Shareholders are entitled to appoint a proxy to exercise all or any of their rights to attend and to speak and vote on their behalf at 
the meeting. A shareholder may appoint more than one proxy in relation to the Annual General Meeting provided that each proxy 
is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by that shareholder. A proxy need not be a shareholder 
of the Company. A proxy form which may be used to make such appointment and give proxy instructions accompanies this notice. 
If you do not have a proxy form and believe that you should have one, or if you require additional forms, please contact Neville 
Registrars Limited at Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen, B62 8HD.

2.  To be valid any proxy form or other instrument appointing a proxy must be received by post or (during normal business hours 

only) by hand at Neville Registrars Limited, Neville House, Steelpark Road, Halesowen, B62 8HD no later than 8.30am on Monday 
10 December 2018.

3.  The return of a completed proxy form, other such instrument or any CREST Proxy Instruction (as described in paragraph 6 below) 

will  not prevent a shareholder attending the Annual General Meeting and voting in person if he/she wishes to do so.

4.  In accordance with Regulation 41 of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001, to be entitled to attend and vote at the 

Annual General Meeting (and for the purpose of the determination by the Company of the votes they may cast), shareholders 
must be registered in the Register of Members of the Company at 6.00pm on Monday 10 December 2018 (or, in the event of 
any adjournment, 6.00pm on the date which is two days before the time of the adjourned meeting). Changes to the Register of 
Members after the relevant deadline shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend and vote at the meeting.

5.  CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so by 

using the procedures described in the CREST Manual. CREST personal members or other CREST sponsored members, and those 
CREST members who have appointed a service provider(s), should refer to their CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s), who 
will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.

6.  In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made using the CREST service to be valid, the appropriate CREST message 

(a “CREST Proxy Instruction”) must be properly authenticated in accordance with the specifications of Euroclear UK & Ireland Limited 
(the operator of the CREST system), and must contain the information required for such instruction, as described in the CREST 
Manual. The message, regardless of whether it constitutes the appointment of a proxy or is an amendment to the instruction given 
to a previously appointed proxy must, in order to be valid, be transmitted so as to be received by the issuer’s agent (ID 7RA11) 
by 8.30am on Monday 10 December 2018. For this purpose, the time of receipt will be taken to be the time (as determined by the 
timestamp applied to the message by the CREST Application Host) from which the issuer’s agent is able to retrieve the message 
by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST. After this time any change of instructions to proxies appointed through 
CREST should be communicated to the appointee through other means.

7.  CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsors, or voting service providers should note that Euroclear UK & Ireland 
Limited does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular message. Normal system timings and limitations 
will, therefore, apply in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to 
take (or, if the CREST member is a CREST personal member, or sponsored member, or has appointed a voting service provider, to 
procure that his CREST sponsor or voting service provider(s) take(s)) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is 
transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their 
CREST sponsors or voting system service providers are referred, in particular, to those sections of the CREST Manual concerning 
practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.

8.  The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated 

Securities Regulations 2001.

9.  In order to facilitate voting by corporate representatives at the meeting, arrangements will be put in place at the meeting so that: 
(i) if a corporate shareholder has appointed the chair of the meeting as its corporate representative with instructions to vote on a 
poll in accordance with the directions of all of the other corporate representatives for that shareholder at the meeting, then on a 
poll those corporate representatives will give voting directions to the chair and the chair will vote (or withhold a vote) as corporate 
representative in accordance with those directions; and (ii) if more than one corporate representative for the same corporate 
shareholder attends the meeting but the corporate shareholder has not appointed the chair of the meeting as its corporate 
representative, a designated corporate representative will be nominated, from those corporate representatives who attend, who 
will vote on a poll and the other corporate representatives will give voting directions to that designated corporate representative. 
Corporate shareholders are referred to the guidance issued by the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators on proxies 
and corporate representatives (www.icsa.org.uk) for further details of this procedure. The guidance includes a sample form of 
representation letter if the chair is being appointed as described in (i) above.

131

 
 
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Notes

132  YouGov Annual Report and Accounts 2018

Designed and produced by Radley Yeldar www.ry.com 
This material used in the publication of this document is carbon balanced.

Printed on FSC certified paper.

This document is printed on material manufactured at a mill which is ISO14001 accredited.

YouGov plc 
50 Featherstone Street 
London EC1Y 8RT

T: +44 (0)20 7012 6000 
F: +44 (0)20 7012 6001

yougov.com